WO2023163111A1 - Polyether resin - Google Patents

Polyether resin Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023163111A1
WO2023163111A1 PCT/JP2023/006758 JP2023006758W WO2023163111A1 WO 2023163111 A1 WO2023163111 A1 WO 2023163111A1 JP 2023006758 W JP2023006758 W JP 2023006758W WO 2023163111 A1 WO2023163111 A1 WO 2023163111A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin composition
optionally substituted
ring
alkyl group
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/006758
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
将毅 長嶋
Original Assignee
味の素株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 味の素株式会社 filed Critical 味の素株式会社
Priority to JP2024503262A priority Critical patent/JPWO2023163111A1/ja
Publication of WO2023163111A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023163111A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G65/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G65/34Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule from hydroxy compounds or their metallic derivatives
    • C08G65/38Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule from hydroxy compounds or their metallic derivatives derived from phenols
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/22Secondary treatment of printed circuits
    • H05K3/28Applying non-metallic protective coatings
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05KPRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
    • H05K3/00Apparatus or processes for manufacturing printed circuits
    • H05K3/46Manufacturing multilayer circuits

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to polyether resins.
  • Printed wiring boards which are widely used in various electronic devices, are required to be thinner and have finer wiring in order to make electronic devices smaller and more functional.
  • the insulating layer is generally formed by thermosetting or photocuring a resin composition.
  • a resin composition for example, the resin composition disclosed in Patent Document 1 is known.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a resin having excellent dielectric properties. Another object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition having better resolution.
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, —CN, —NO 2 , —COH, —R, —OR, —COR, —COOR, —CONHR, —CONR 2 , —SR, —SOR, or —SO 2 R, wherein R 1 and R 2 may combine together to form a non-aromatic ring which may have a substituent;
  • R each independently represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group;
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a substituent;
  • Ring X 1 and Ring X 2 each independently represent an aromatic carbocyclic ring which may have a substituent;
  • Y represents a single bond or an organic group; a represents 0 or 1; p and q each independently represent 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, —R, —COR, or —COOR, and R 1 and R 2 are bonded together to form an optionally substituted non- may form an aromatic ring;
  • R each independently represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group;
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a substituent;
  • RA and RB each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group, and RA and RB together may be combined to form a non-aromatic ring optionally having a substituent;
  • a and b each independently represent 0 or 1;
  • p, q, r and s each independently represent 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
  • the polyether resin according to any one of [1] to [3] above which has a weight average molecular weight of 5,000 or more.
  • the polyether resin according to any one of [1] to [4] above which has a dielectric loss tangent (Df) of 0.012 or less when measured at 5.8 GHz and 23°C.
  • Df dielectric loss tangent
  • a resin composition comprising the polyether resin according to any one of [1] to [5] above and a curable cross-linking agent.
  • a resin composition comprising the polyether resin according to any one of [1] to [5] above, a photocurable cross-linking agent, and a photopolymerization initiator. [9] The resin composition according to [8] above, further comprising a photosensitizer. [10] A resin sheet comprising a support and a resin composition layer formed of the resin composition according to any one of [7] to [9] provided on the support. [11] A semiconductor package substrate comprising an insulating layer formed from a cured product of the resin composition according to any one of [7] to [9] above. [12] A semiconductor device including the semiconductor package substrate according to [11] above.
  • a method for manufacturing a semiconductor package substrate including the following steps (I) to (III) in this order.
  • the polyether resin of the present invention has the formula (1):
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, —CN, —NO 2 , —COH, —R, —OR, —COR, —COOR, —CONHR, —CONR 2 , —SR, —SOR, or —SO 2 R, wherein R 1 and R 2 may combine together to form a non-aromatic ring which may have a substituent;
  • R each independently represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group;
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a substituent;
  • Ring X 1 and Ring X 2 each independently represent an aromatic carbocyclic ring which may have a substituent;
  • Y represents a single bond or an organic group; a represents 0 or 1; p and q each independently represent 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
  • It has a repeating unit represented by Such polyether resins have better dielectric properties. Therefore, it can be suitably used
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, —CN, —NO 2 , —COH, —R, —OR, —COR, —COOR, —CONHR, —CONR 2 , —SR, —SOR, or —SO 2 R, and R 1 and R 2 may combine together to form a non-aromatic ring which may have a substituent.
  • R 1 and R 2 are, in one embodiment, preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, —CN, —NO 2 , —COH, —R, —COR, —COOR, —CONHR, or —CONR 2 and R 1 and R 2 may be joined together to form an optionally substituted non-aromatic ring.
  • R 1 and R 2 are more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, —CN, —NO 2 , —COH, —R, —COR, or —COOR, and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded together to form a non-aromatic ring which may have a substituent.
  • R 1 and R 2 are, in one embodiment, more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, —R, —COR, or —COOR, and R 1 and R 2 are bonded together and substituted It may form a non-aromatic ring which may have a group.
  • R 1 and R 2 are particularly preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, —COR, or —COOR, and R 1 and R 2 are bonded together and have a substituent. may form an optional non-aromatic ring.
  • the “substituent” in the “optionally substituted non-aromatic ring” formed by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, but examples include halogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN , —COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R x , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N( R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x , ⁇ O and other monovalent or divalent substituents. be done.
  • R x each independently represents (1) a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an aryl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group; , aralkyloxy group, alkylcarbonyl group, alkenylcarbonyl group, arylcarbonyl group, aralkylcarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, alkenylcarbonyloxy group, arylcarbonyloxy group, aralkylcarbonyloxy group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, alkenyloxycarbonyl group , an aryloxycarbonyl group, an aralkyloxycarbonyl group, an alkylamino group, a di(alkyl)amino group, an alkenylamino group, an al
  • a halogen atom is a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
  • An alkyl group means a linear, branched and/or cyclic monovalent aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-18, more preferably 1-10, and even more preferably 1-6, unless otherwise specified.
  • Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, sec-pentyl, neopentyl, and tert.
  • -pentyl group hexyl group, isohexyl group, heptyl group, isoheptyl group, octyl group, isooctyl group, tert-octyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclohexylmethyl group and the like.
  • alkenyl group means a linear, branched and/or cyclic monovalent unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group is preferably 2 to 18, more preferably 2 to 10, even more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise specified.
  • the alkenyl group includes, for example, vinyl group, propenyl group (allyl group, 1-propenyl group, isopropenyl group), butenyl group (1-butenyl group, crotyl group, methallyl group, isocrotyl group, etc.), pentenyl group (1- pentenyl group, etc.), hexenyl group (1-hexenyl group, etc.), heptenyl group (1-heptenyl group, etc.), octenyl group (1-octenyl group, etc.), cyclopentenyl group (2-cyclopentenyl group, etc.), cyclohexenyl group (3-cyclohexenyl group, etc.) and the like.
  • An aryl group means a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group from which one hydrogen atom is removed from an aromatic carbocyclic ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-18, particularly preferably 6-10, unless otherwise specified.
  • Examples of the aryl group include phenyl group, 1-naphthyl group, 2-naphthyl group and the like.
  • An aralkyl group means an alkyl group substituted with one or more (preferably one) aryl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified.
  • Examples of aralkyl groups include benzyl, phenethyl, hydrocinnamyl, ⁇ -methylbenzyl, ⁇ -cumyl, 1-naphthylmethyl and 2-naphthylmethyl groups.
  • An alkyl-substituted aryl group means an aryl group substituted with one or more alkyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl-substituted aryl group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified.
  • Examples of alkyl-substituted aryl groups include 4-methylphenyl group, 3-methylphenyl group, 2-methylphenyl group, 2,4-dimethylphenyl group, 3,5-dimethylphenyl group, 2,4,6-trimethyl phenyl group, 4-ethylphenyl group, 3-ethylphenyl group, 2-ethylphenyl group and the like.
  • alkenyl-substituted aryl group means an aryl group substituted with one or more alkenyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl-substituted aryl group is preferably 8-20, particularly preferably 8-12, unless otherwise specified.
  • alkenyl-substituted aryl groups include 4-vinylphenyl group, 3-vinylphenyl group, 2-vinylphenyl group, 2,4-divinylphenyl group, 3,5-divinylphenyl group, 4-isopropenylphenyl group, 3-isopropenylphenyl group, 2-isopropenylphenyl group, 4-allylphenyl group and the like.
  • An alkoxy group means a monovalent group in which an alkyl group is bonded to an oxygen atom (that is, a group represented by R s1 --O-- (R s1 is an alkyl group)).
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group is preferably 1 to 18, more preferably 1 to 10, even more preferably 1 to 6, unless otherwise specified.
  • Examples of alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, isopropyloxy, butyloxy, isobutyloxy, sec-butyloxy and tert-butyloxy groups.
  • An alkenyloxy group means a monovalent group in which an alkenyl group is bonded to an oxygen atom (that is, a group represented by R s2 —O— (R s2 is an alkenyl group)).
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkenyloxy group is preferably 2 to 18, more preferably 2 to 10, even more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise specified.
  • the alkenyloxy group includes, for example, a vinyloxy group and a propenyloxy group (allyloxy group, 1-propenyloxy group, isopropenyloxy group) and the like.
  • An aryloxy group means a monovalent group in which an aryl group is bonded to an oxygen atom (that is, a group represented by R s3 —O— (R s3 is an aryl group)).
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryloxy group is preferably 6-18, particularly preferably 6-10, unless otherwise specified.
  • the aryloxy group includes, for example, a phenoxy group, a 1-naphthoxy group, a 2-naphthoxy group and the like.
  • An aralkyloxy group means a monovalent group in which an aralkyl group is bonded to an oxygen atom (that is, a group represented by R s4 --O-- (R s4 is an aralkyl group)).
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyloxy group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified.
  • the aralkyloxy group includes, for example, benzyloxy group, ⁇ -methylbenzyloxy group and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylcarbonyl group is preferably 2 to 19, more preferably 2 to 11, even more preferably 2 to 7, unless otherwise specified.
  • Examples of alkylcarbonyl groups include acetyl group, propanoyl group, butanoyl group and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylcarbonyl group is preferably 3-19, more preferably 3-11, even more preferably 3-7, unless otherwise specified.
  • the alkenylcarbonyl group includes, for example, a vinylcarbonyl group and a propenylcarbonyl group (allylcarbonyl group, 1-propenylcarbonyl group, isopropenylcarbonyl group) and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the arylcarbonyl group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified.
  • the arylcarbonyl group includes, for example, benzoyl group, 1-naphthoyl group, 2-naphthoyl group and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkylcarbonyl group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified.
  • the aralkylcarbonyl group includes, for example, a benzylcarbonyl group, ⁇ -methylbenzylcarbonyl group and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylcarbonyloxy group is preferably 2 to 19, more preferably 2 to 11, even more preferably 2 to 7, unless otherwise specified.
  • the alkylcarbonyloxy group includes, for example, an acetyloxy group, a propanoyloxy group, a butanoyloxy group and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylcarbonyloxy group is preferably 3 to 19, more preferably 3 to 11, even more preferably 3 to 7, unless otherwise specified.
  • the alkenylcarbonyloxy group includes, for example, vinylcarbonyloxy group, propenylcarbonyloxy group (allylcarbonyloxy group, 1-propenylcarbonyloxy group, isopropenylcarbonyloxy group) and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the arylcarbonyloxy group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified.
  • the arylcarbonyloxy group includes, for example, benzoyloxy group, 1-naphthoyloxy group, 2-naphthoyloxy group and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkylcarbonyl group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified.
  • the aralkylcarbonyloxy group includes, for example, a benzylcarbonyloxy group, an ⁇ -methylbenzylcarbonyloxy group and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably 2 to 19, more preferably 2 to 11, even more preferably 2 to 7, unless otherwise specified.
  • the alkoxycarbonyl group includes, for example, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propoxycarbonyl group, an isopropoxycarbonyl group and the like.
  • alkenyloxycarbonyl group is a monovalent group in which an alkenyloxy group is bonded to one side of a carbonyl group (that is, a group represented by R s2 —O—C( ⁇ O)—(R s2 is an alkenyl group)).
  • R s2 a group represented by R s2 —O—C( ⁇ O)—(R s2 is an alkenyl group)
  • R s2 alkenyl group
  • alkenyloxycarbonyl groups include vinyloxycarbonyl groups and propenyloxycarbonyl groups (allyloxycarbonyl groups, 1-propenyloxycarbonyl groups, isopropenyloxycarbonyl groups) and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryloxycarbonyl group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified.
  • the aryloxycarbonyl group includes, for example, a phenoxycarbonyl group, a 1-naphthoxycarbonyl group, a 2-naphthoxycarbonyl group and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkylcarbonyl group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified.
  • the aralkyloxycarbonyl group includes, for example, a benzyloxycarbonyl group, an ⁇ -methylbenzyloxycarbonyl group and the like.
  • An alkylamino group means an amino group mono-substituted with an alkyl group (that is, a group represented by R s1 —NH— (R s1 is an alkyl group)).
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylamino group is preferably 1-18, more preferably 1-10, and even more preferably 1-6, unless otherwise specified.
  • the alkylamino group includes, for example, N-methylamino group, N-ethylamino group, N-propylamino group and the like.
  • a di(alkyl)amino group means an amino group di-substituted with an alkyl group (that is, a group represented by (R s1 —) 2 N—(R s1 is independently an alkyl group)).
  • the number of carbon atoms in the di(alkyl)amino group is preferably 2 to 18, more preferably 2 to 10, even more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise specified.
  • the di(alkyl)amino group includes, for example, N,N-dimethylamino group, N,N-diethylamino group, N-ethyl-N-methylamino group, N,N-dipropylamino group and the like.
  • alkenylamino group means an amino group mono-substituted with an alkenyl group (that is, a group represented by R s2 —NH— (R s2 is an alkenyl group)).
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylamino group is preferably 2 to 19, more preferably 2 to 11, even more preferably 2 to 7, unless otherwise specified.
  • alkenylamino groups include N-vinylamino groups and N-allylamino groups.
  • the alkylalkenylamino group is an amino group substituted with both an alkyl group and an alkenyl group (that is, (R s1 -) (R s2 -) N- (R s1 is an alkyl group and R s2 is an alkenyl group). group).
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylalkenylamino group is preferably 3 to 19, more preferably 3 to 11, even more preferably 3 to 7, unless otherwise specified.
  • the alkylalkenylamino group includes, for example, N-methyl-N-vinylamino group, N-allyl-N-methylamino group and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylcarbonylamino group is preferably 2 to 19, more preferably 2 to 11, even more preferably 2 to 7, unless otherwise specified.
  • the alkylcarbonylamino group includes, for example, N-acetylamino group, N-propanoylamino group, N-butanoylamino group and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylcarbonylamino group is preferably 3-20, more preferably 2-11, even more preferably 2-7, unless otherwise specified.
  • alkenylcarbonylamino groups include N-vinylcarbonylamino group, N-allylcarbonylamino group, N-(1-propenylcarbonyl)amino group, N-isopropenylcarbonylamino group and the like.
  • An alkylcarbamoyl group means a carbamoyl group mono-substituted with an alkyl group (that is, a group represented by R s1 —NH—C( ⁇ O)—(R s1 is an alkyl group)).
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylcarbamoyl group is preferably 2 to 19, more preferably 2 to 11, even more preferably 2 to 7, unless otherwise specified.
  • the alkylcarbamoyl group includes, for example, N-methylcarbamoyl group, N-ethylcarbamoyl group, N-propylcarbamoyl group and the like.
  • alkenylcarbamoyl group means a carbamoyl group mono-substituted with an alkenyl group (that is, a group represented by R s2 —NH—C( ⁇ O)—(R s2 is an alkenyl group)).
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkenylcarbamoyl group is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 12, even more preferably 3 to 8, unless otherwise specified.
  • alkenylcarbamoyl groups include N-vinylcarbamoyl groups and N-allylcarbamoyl groups.
  • a non-aromatic ring means a ring other than an aromatic ring having aromaticity throughout the ring.
  • a non-aromatic ring is a non-aromatic carbocyclic ring having only carbon atoms as ring-constituting atoms, or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring having heteroatoms such as oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur atoms in addition to carbon atoms as ring-constituting atoms. It can be a ring.
  • the non-aromatic ring may be a monocyclic non-aromatic ring or a polycyclic non-aromatic ring, and a partially aromatic condensed ring obtained by partially condensing an aromatic ring may also be used. include.
  • the non-aromatic ring may be a saturated ring consisting only of a single bond, or an unsaturated ring having a double bond in addition to the single bond.
  • the non-aromatic ring is preferably a 3- to 21-membered non-aromatic ring, more preferably a 4- to 18-membered non-aromatic ring, and even more preferably a 5- to 14-membered non-aromatic ring.
  • a 1 and A 2 each independently represent -CO- or -CR a R b -; B 1 and B 2 each independently represent -O-, -NR c - or -CR a R b -; C 1 represents -O- or -NR c -; R a and R b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and two R a bonded to adjacent carbon atoms are bonded together and optionally have a substituent An aromatic ring or an optionally substituted aromatic ring may be formed, and R a and R b bonded to the same carbon atom may be bonded together and may have a substituent.
  • R c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group .
  • It is preferably a structure represented by; more preferably a structure represented by formula (AA1) or (AA3); formulas (Aa1) to (Aa5):
  • a 1 and A 2 each independently represent -CO- or -CR a R b -; in one embodiment, they are preferably -CR a R b -.
  • B 1 and B 2 each independently represent -O-, -NR c - or -CR a R b -; in one embodiment, they are preferably -O- or -CR a R b - .
  • C 1 denotes -O- or -NR c -; in one embodiment it is preferably -O-.
  • R a and R b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and two R a bonded to adjacent carbon atoms are bonded together and optionally have a substituent
  • An aromatic ring or an optionally substituted aromatic ring may be formed, and R a and R b bonded to the same carbon atom may be bonded together and may have a substituent. may form a good non-aromatic ring.
  • non-aromatic ring in the "optionally substituted non-aromatic ring" formed by R a and R b or two R a are, for example, a cyclobutane ring and a cyclopentane ring.
  • the "substituent” represented by R a and R b and the “substituent” in the “optionally substituted aromatic ring” formed by two R a are not particularly limited, For example, halogen atoms, -NO 2 , -CN, -COH, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , -COOH, -R x , -COR x , -OR x , -SR x , -SOR x , -SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x and other monovalent substituents (R x is as above).
  • the "substituent" in the "optionally substituted non-aromatic ring" formed by R a and R b or two R a is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include halogen atoms, —NO 2 , —CN, —COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R x , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , — monovalent substituents such as NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x , ⁇ O, or two valent substituents (R x is as described above).
  • An aromatic ring means a ring that follows Huckel's rule and has 4p+2 electrons (p is a natural number) in the ⁇ electron system on the ring.
  • the aromatic ring is an aromatic carbocyclic ring having only carbon atoms as ring-constituting atoms, or an aromatic heterocyclic ring having a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom in addition to a carbon atom as a ring-constituting atom. obtain.
  • the aromatic ring may be a monocyclic aromatic ring or a polycyclic aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring is preferably a 5- to 14-membered aromatic ring, more preferably a 6- to 14-membered aromatic ring, and even more preferably a 6- to 10-membered aromatic ring.
  • R a and R b are, in one embodiment, each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl substituted aryl group, alkoxy group, alkenyloxy group, aryloxy group, aralkyloxy group, alkylcarbonyl group, alkenylcarbonyl group, arylcarbonyl group, aralkylcarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, alkenylcarbonyloxy group, arylcarbonyloxy group, an aralkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an alkenyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, or an aralkyloxycarbonyl group; more preferably a hydrogen atom, an al
  • R c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group .
  • the “substituent” in the “alkyl group optionally having substituents” represented by R c and the “substituent” in the “alkenyl group optionally having substituents” represented by R c are particularly limited For example, halogen atoms, -NO 2 , -CN, -COH, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , -COOH, -R y , -COR x , -OR x , -SR x , -SOR x , -SO 2 R x , -NHR x , -N(R x ) 2 , -COOR x , -OCOR x , -CONH 2 , -CONHR x , -CON(R x ) 2 , -NHCOR x (R x is as described above).
  • R y is a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an aryl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group, an aralkyloxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group; , alkenylcarbonyl group, arylcarbonyl group, aralkylcarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, alkenylcarbonyloxy group, arylcarbonyloxy group, aralkylcarbonyloxy group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, alkenyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, aralkylcarbonyloxy substituted with a group selected from a carbonyl group, an alkylamino group, a di(alkyl)amino group, an al
  • the “substituent” in the “optionally substituted aryl group” represented by R c is not particularly limited, but examples include a halogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —COH, — OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R x , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , Monovalent substituents such as —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 and —NHCOR x (R x is as described above).
  • each R c is independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, or an alkenyl-substituted aryl group; an atom or an alkyl group.
  • Each R independently represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group.
  • the “substituent” in the “alkyl group optionally having substituents” represented by R and the “substituent” in the “alkenyl group optionally having substituents” represented by R are particularly limited for example, halogen atoms, —NO 2 , —CN, —COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R y , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , — SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x, etc.
  • Monovalent substituents are included (R x and R y are as described above).
  • the "substituent" in the "optionally substituted aryl group” represented by R is not particularly limited, but examples include a halogen atom, -NO 2 , -CN, -COH, -OH , —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R x , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , — Monovalent substituents such as COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 and —NHCOR x (R x is as described above).
  • each R is independently preferably (1) halogen atoms, -NO 2 , -CN, -COH, -OH, -NH 2 , -COOH, -R y , -COR x , -OR x , -NHR x , -N(R x ) 2 , an alkyl group optionally substituted with a group selected from -COOR x , -OCOR x , -CONH 2 , -CONHR x , -CON(R x ) 2 and -NHCOR x ; (2) halogen atoms, —NO 2 , —CN, —COH, —OH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R y , —COR x , —OR x , —NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CON
  • each R is, more preferably, independently (1) -R y , -COR x , -OR x , -N(R x ) 2 , -COOR x , -OCOR x , -CONH 2 , -CONHR x , -CON(R x ) 2 , and -NHCOR an alkyl group optionally substituted with a group selected from x ; (2) -R y , -COR x , -OR x , -N(R x ) 2 , -COOR x , -OCOR x , -CONH 2 , -CONHR x , -CON(R x ) 2 , and -NHCOR an alkenyl group optionally substituted with a group selected from x ; or (3) -R x , -COR x , -OR x , -N(R x ) 2 ; or (3)
  • R are each independently more preferably (1) (a) an aryl group optionally substituted with a group selected from an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkenylcarbonyl group, and a di(alkyl)amino group; ) alkoxy group, (c) alkenyloxy group, (d) alkylcarbonyl group, (e) alkenylcarbonyl group, (f) alkylcarbonyloxy group, (g) alkenylcarbonyloxy group, (h) alkyloxycarbonyl group, ( i) alkenyloxycarbonyl group, (j) di(alkyl)amino group, (k) alkylcarbonylamino group, (l) alkenylcarbonylamino group, (m) alkylcarbamoyl group, and (n) alkenylcarbamoyl group an alkyl
  • each R is independently particularly preferably (1) (a) aryl group, (b) alkoxy group, (c) alkenyloxy group, (d) alkylcarbonyl group, (e) alkenylcarbonyl group, (f) alkylcarbonyloxy group, (g) alkenylcarbonyloxy an alkyl group optionally substituted with a group selected from a group, (h) an alkyloxycarbonyl group, and (i) an alkenyloxycarbonyl group; (2) (a) aryl group, (b) alkoxy group, (c) alkenyloxy group, (d) alkylcarbonyl group, (e) alkenylcarbonyl group, (f) alkylcarbonyloxy group, (g) alkenylcarbonyloxy (h) an alkyloxycarbonyl group, and (i) an alkenyl group optionally substituted with a group selected from an alkenyloxycarbonyl group; or (3) (a) an aryl group
  • R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a substituent.
  • the “substituent” represented by R 3 and R 4 is not particularly limited, but examples include halogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH , -R x , -COR x , -OR x , -SR x , -SOR x , -SO 2 R x , -NHR x , -N(R x ) 2 , -COOR x , -OCOR x , -CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x and the like (R x is as defined above).
  • R 3 and R 4 are, in one embodiment, each independently preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryl an oxy group or an aralkyloxy group; more preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, or an alkenyl-substituted aryl group; more preferably an alkyl group; Preferred are alkyl groups of 4 or more carbon atoms; even more preferred are alkyl groups of 4 to 14 carbon atoms; and particularly preferred are tert-butyl groups.
  • Ring X 1 and ring X 2 each independently represent an aromatic carbocyclic ring which may have a substituent.
  • Aromatic carbocyclic ring means a hydrocarbon ring that follows Hückel's rule and has 4p+2 electrons (p is a natural number) in the ⁇ electron system on the ring.
  • Aromatic carbocycles have only carbon atoms as ring atoms.
  • the aromatic carbocycle may be a monocyclic aromatic carbocycle or a polycyclic fused aromatic carbocycle.
  • the aromatic carbocyclic ring is preferably a 6- to 18-membered aromatic carbocyclic ring, more preferably a 6- to 14-membered aromatic carbocyclic ring, and even more preferably a 6- to 10-membered aromatic carbocyclic ring.
  • the “substituent” in the “optionally substituted aromatic carbocyclic ring” representing ring X 1 and ring X 2 is not particularly limited, but examples include halogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R x , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , — Monovalent substituents such as N(R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 and —NHCOR x (R x is the above street).
  • ring X 1 and ring X 2 are each independently preferably (1) an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, Benzene ring optionally substituted with a group selected from an alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group, and an aralkyloxy group, or (2) an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group, and an aralkyloxy group; more preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl a benz
  • Y represents a single bond or an organic group.
  • the organic group is not particularly limited, but in one embodiment, for example, one or more (eg, 1 to 100, preferably 1 to 100) selected from carbon atoms, oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms, and sulfur atoms.
  • 50, particularly preferably 1 to 20) skeletal atoms, non-skeletal atoms are composed of hydrogen atoms or halogen atoms, and have a linear structure, a branched chain structure and / or a cyclic It may contain a structure and may be a group containing no aromatic ring or a group containing an aromatic ring.
  • organic group examples include -CR A R B -, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CONH-, -NHCO- and the like (provided that R A and R B each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group, R A and R B are bonded together, It may form a non-aromatic ring which may have a substituent.).
  • a 0 or 1.
  • p and q each independently represent 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; in one embodiment, preferably 0, 1, 2, or 3; more preferably 0, 1, or 2; more preferably 0 or 1; particularly preferably 0.
  • Y 1 represents a single bond, -CR A R B -, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CONH- or -NHCO-;
  • RA and RB each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group, and RA and RB together may be combined to form a non-aromatic ring optionally having a substituent;
  • R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a substituent;
  • r and s each independently represent 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; Others are as above.
  • It is preferably a structure represented by the formula (Bb):
  • Y 1 represents a single bond, —CR A R B —, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, —CONH—, or —NHCO—; A single bond, -CR A R B -, or -O-; more preferably a single bond or -CR A R B -; particularly preferably -CR A R B -.
  • RA and RB each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group, and RA and RB together may combine together to form a non-aromatic ring which may have a substituent.
  • non-aromatic ring in the “optionally substituted non-aromatic ring” formed by R A and R B are R a and R b or two R a Preferred specific examples of the “non-aromatic ring” in the “optionally substituted non-aromatic ring” are the same as those mentioned above.
  • the “substituent” in the “alkyl group optionally having substituent(s)” represented by R A and R B is not particularly limited, but examples include halogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, — COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R y , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x (R x and R y are as described above). ).
  • the “substituent” in the “optionally substituted aryl group” represented by R A and R B is not particularly limited, but examples include halogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, — COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R x , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x (R x is as described above).
  • the “substituent” in the “optionally substituted non-aromatic ring” formed by R A and R B is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include halogen atoms, —NO 2 , —CN , —COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R x , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N( R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x , ⁇ O and other monovalent or divalent substituents. (R x as above).
  • R A and R B are each independently preferably (1) a hydrogen atom, (2) a halogen atom, an aryl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy an alkyl group optionally substituted by a group selected from groups, aryloxy groups, and aralkyloxy groups, or (3) halogen atoms, alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, aryl groups, aralkyl groups, alkyl-substituted aryl groups, alkenyl-substituted represents an aryl group optionally substituted with a group selected from an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group and an aralkyloxy group, wherein R A and R B are bonded together, a halogen atom, may be substituted with a group selected from an alkyl group,
  • R A and R B each independently more preferably represent (1) a hydrogen atom or (2) an alkyl group optionally substituted with a halogen atom, and R A and R B are bonded together and selected from (A) a monocyclic non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring optionally substituted by a group selected from an alkyl group and an aryl group, (B) an alkyl group and an aryl group A bicyclic or higher non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring optionally substituted by a group, or (C) an alkyl group, and an aryl group optionally substituted by a group selected from an aromatic ring (benzene ring or naphthalene ring) may form a condensed non-aromatic carbocyclic ring.
  • R A and R B each independently represent, more preferably, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and at least one of them is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, or R A and R B are bonded together and may be substituted with a 5-membered or more (preferably 6-membered or more) monocyclic non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring optionally substituted with an alkyl group, or an alkyl group. It forms a 6- or more-membered bicyclic or higher non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring.
  • R A and R B each independently represent, more preferably, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and at least one is an alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, or R A and R B are bonded together to form a 5- to 18-membered (preferably 6 to 18-membered) monocyclic non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring optionally substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; Form.
  • R A and R B are, in one embodiment, particularly preferably R A and R B joined together to form a cyclododecane ring.
  • R5 and R6 each independently represent a substituent.
  • the “substituent” represented by R 5 and R 6 is not particularly limited, but examples include halogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH , -R x , -COR x , -OR x , -SR x , -SOR x , -SO 2 R x , -NHR x , -N(R x ) 2 , -COOR x , -OCOR x , -CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x and the like (R x is as defined above).
  • R 5 and R 6 are, in one embodiment, each independently preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryl an oxy group or an aralkyloxy group; more preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, or an alkenyl-substituted aryl group; more preferably an alkyl group; Preferred are alkyl groups of 4 or more carbon atoms; even more preferred are alkyl groups of 4 to 18 carbon atoms; and particularly preferred are tert-butyl groups.
  • R 5 and R 6 preferably at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms; more preferably at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms; particularly preferably at least one of R 5 and R 6 is a tert-butyl group.
  • r and s each independently represent 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; in one embodiment, preferably 0, 1, 2, or 3; more preferably 0, 1, or 2; more preferably 0 or 1.
  • b represents 0 or 1; in one embodiment, it is preferably 1. Thus, either a represents 0, or a represents 1 and b represents 0 or 1; be.
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, —CN, —NO 2 , —COH, —R, —COR, or —COOR, and R 1 and R 2 are bonded together; may form a non-aromatic ring which may have a substituent;
  • Each R is independently substituted with a group selected from (1) (a) an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkenylcarbonyl group, and a di(alkyl)amino group.
  • alkyl group (b) alkoxy group, (c) alkenyloxy group, (d) alkylcarbonyl group, (e) alkenylcarbonyl group, (f) alkylcarbonyloxy group, (g) alkenylcarbonyloxy group, ( h) an alkyloxycarbonyl group, (i) an alkenyloxycarbonyl group, (j) a di(alkyl)amino group, (k) an alkylcarbonylamino group, (l) an alkenylcarbonylamino group, (m) an alkylcarbamoyl group, and ( n) an alkyl group optionally substituted with a group selected from alkenylcarbamoyl groups; (2) (a) alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkenyloxy groups, alkylcarbonyl groups, alkenylcarbonyl groups, and di(alkyl ) an aryl group optionally substituted by a
  • R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are each independently an alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group, alkyl-substituted aryl
  • R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, —R, —COR, or —COOR, and R 1 and R 2 are bonded together and optionally have a substituent may form an aromatic ring;
  • R is each independently (1) (a) aryl group, (b) alkoxy group, (c) alkenyloxy group, (d) alkylcarbonyl group, (e) alkenylcarbonyl group, (f) alkylcarbonyloxy group, (g) an alkenylcarbonyloxy group, (h) an alkyloxycarbonyl group, and (i) an alkyl group optionally substituted by a group selected from an alkenyloxycarbonyl group; (2) (a) an aryl group, ( b) alkoxy group, (c) alkenyloxy group, (d) alkylcarbonyl group, (e) alkenylcarbonyl
  • the partial structure represented by formula (B) is a structure represented by formula (Bb), preferably If a is 0, s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms; If a is 1 and b is 0, the sum of r and s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms; If a is 1 and b is 1, (1) the sum of r and s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, and/or (2-1) R A and R B are represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and at least one of which is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, or (2-2) R A and R B are bonded together and substituted with an alkyl group 5-membered or more (preferably 6-membered or more) monocyclic non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring
  • the partial structure represented by formula (B) is a structure represented by formula (Bb), more preferably, If a is 0, s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms; If a is 1 and b is 0, the sum of r and s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms; If a is 1 and b is 1, (1) the sum of r and s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, and/or (2-1) R A and R B are represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and at least one is an alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, or (2-2) R A and R B are bonded together and have 1 to 6 carbon atoms It forms a 5- to 18-membered (preferably 6- to 18-membered) monocyclic non-aromatic saturated
  • the partial structure represented by formula (B) is a structure represented by formula (Bb), particularly preferably, If a is 0, s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 6 is a tert-butyl group; If a is 1 and b is 0, the sum of r and s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 5 and R 6 is a tert-butyl group; If a is 1 and b is 1, (1) the sum of r and s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 5 and R 6 is a tert-butyl group, and/or (2) R A and R B together combine to form a cyclododecane ring.
  • the partial structure represented by formula (B) in formula (1) is a structure represented by formula (Ba), formula (2):
  • the polyether resin of the present invention particularly preferably, has a structure in which the partial structure represented by formula (B) in formula (1) is represented by formula (Bb), formula (3):
  • the polyether resin of the present invention most preferably has a partial structure represented by formula (A) in formula (1) with formulas (Aa1) to (Aa5) or (Ab1) to (Ab10).
  • Formula (4-1) wherein a is 0, or a is 1 and b is 1), and the partial structure represented by Formula (B) is a structure represented by Formula (Bb) ⁇ (4-30):
  • each symbol is as described above.
  • It has a repeating unit represented by any of Preferred ranges and specific examples of each structure in formulas (4-1) to (4-30) are as described above.
  • the mass ratio of the repeating unit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, still more preferably 15% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or more.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyether resin of the present invention is not particularly limited, in one embodiment, it is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, and still more preferably 20,000. 30,000 or more, particularly preferably 30,000 or more.
  • the upper limit of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyether resin of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less, and still more preferably 300,000 or less. , particularly preferably 200,000 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polyether resin can be measured as a polystyrene-equivalent value by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method.
  • the dielectric loss tangent (Df) of the polyether resin of the present invention is not particularly limited, but when measured at 5.8 GHz and 23° C., in one embodiment, it is preferably 0.012 or less, more preferably 0. 0.010 or less, more preferably 0.009 or less, even more preferably 0.008 or less, even more preferably 0.007 or less, and particularly preferably 0.006 or less.
  • the dielectric loss tangent (Df) of the polyether resin can be measured as in Test Example A2 below.
  • the dielectric constant (Dk) of the polyether resin of the present invention is not particularly limited, but when measured at 5.8 GHz and 23° C., in one embodiment, it is preferably 4.0 or less, more preferably It can be 3.5 or less, more preferably 3.2 or less, even more preferably 3.0 or less, even more preferably 2.9 or less, and particularly preferably 2.8 or less.
  • the dielectric constant (Dk) of the polyether resin can be measured as in Test Example A2 below.
  • the polyether resin of the present invention may, in one embodiment, tend to be readily soluble in organic solvents that may even be used as developers in the manufacture of semiconductor package substrates.
  • Organic solvents used as developers include, for example, acetone, ethyl acetate, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, butyl alcohol, methoxyethanol, ethoxyethanol, propoxyethanol, butoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono butyl ether, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone and the like.
  • the solubility in these organic solvents is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 30% by mass or more at 100°C.
  • both R 1 and R 2 in formula (1) are -COR or -COOR, or When forming a ring, CH 2 R 1 R 2 [wherein each symbol is as described above, for PEEK having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1′). ] under basic conditions (Knoevenagel condensation reaction).
  • the polyether resin of the present invention having a repeating unit represented by formula (1) has the following when one of R 1 and R 2 in formula (1) is a hydrogen atom and the other is -COOR It can also be produced by reacting PEEK having a repeating unit represented by formula (1′) with Meldrum's acid under basic conditions and then reacting an alcohol compound represented by R—OH. (Knoevenagel condensation reaction).
  • each symbol is as described above.
  • the general reaction conditions of the Wittig reaction, the Horner-Wadsworth-Emmons reaction, or the Knoevenagel condensation reaction can be used as they are or reaction conditions based thereon can be used.
  • bases that can be used include piperazine and potassium carbonate.
  • solvents that can be used include N-methylpyrrolidone, tetrahydrofuran, and dimethyl ether.
  • the reaction temperature can be appropriately set within the range of -80°C to 250°C.
  • the reaction time can range from 0.1 hour to 50 hours. Further, after the reaction, it may be purified by a known method.
  • the above reaction rate for the structural unit represented by formula (1′) may be less than 100 mol %, whereby the polyether resin of the present invention contains A repeating unit may remain.
  • the reaction rate of the structural unit represented by formula (1′) is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, still more preferably 30 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 40 mol%. It can be more than Therefore, in one embodiment, the residual rate of the repeating unit represented by formula (1′) in the polyether resin of the present invention is preferably less than 90 mol%, more preferably less than 80 mol%, and even more preferably less than 70 mol%. , particularly preferably less than 60 mol %.
  • PEEK having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1′) is represented by a difluoro compound or a dichloro compound represented by the following formula (1′′-a), and the following formula (1′′-b).
  • a dihydroxy compound can be produced by a polymerization reaction under basic conditions.
  • Hal each independently represents a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and other symbols are as described above.
  • general reaction conditions for polymerization reactions can be used as they are or reaction conditions based thereon can be used.
  • the base for example, potassium carbonate or the like can be used.
  • a solvent for example, N-methylpyrrolidone or the like can be used.
  • the reaction temperature can be appropriately set within the range of 100°C to 300°C.
  • the reaction time can range from 0.1 hour to 50 hours. Further, after the reaction, it may be purified by a known method.
  • the resin composition of the present invention contains a curable cross-linking agent in addition to the polyether resin of the present invention.
  • the curable cross-linking agent may be, for example, a compound having two or more polymerizable groups such as epoxy group, vinylphenyl group, isopropenylphenyl group, allyl group, acryloyl group and methacryloyl group.
  • a curable crosslinker can be a component that cures by self-polymerizing or cures by cross-linking the curing agent.
  • Such resin compositions may be cured by heating or light irradiation.
  • Such resin compositions may have superior dielectric properties in one embodiment.
  • the content of the polyether resin of the present invention in the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. , more preferably 5 to 95% by mass, still more preferably 10 to 90% by mass, even more preferably 15 to 90% by mass, even more preferably 30 to 95% by mass, particularly preferably 50 to 90% by mass.
  • the curable cross-linking agent is preferably a photocurable cross-linking agent. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, the resin composition of the present invention contains a photocurable cross-linking agent and a photopolymerization initiator in addition to the polyether resin of the present invention. Such a resin composition can have better resolution.
  • the photocurable cross-linking agent can be, for example, a compound having two or more radically polymerizable groups such as vinylphenyl, isopropenylphenyl, allyl, acryloyl, and methacryloyl groups.
  • photocurable crosslinking agents include cyclohexane-1,4-dimethanol di(meth)acrylate, cyclohexane-1,3-dimethanol di(meth)acrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di( meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,8-octanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate acrylates, 1,10-decanediol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, glycerin tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dioxane glycol di(
  • the content of the photocurable cross-linking agent for the polyether resin of the present invention in the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 3 parts per 100 parts by mass of the polyether resin of the present invention. 25 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 20 parts by mass, and even more preferably 8 to 15 parts by mass.
  • the content of the photocurable cross-linking agent in the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. More preferably 3 to 15 mass %, still more preferably 5 to 10 mass %.
  • photopolymerization initiators examples include ⁇ -aminoketone-based photopolymerization initiators, phosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiators, ⁇ -hydroxyketone-based photopolymerization initiators, oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiators, and benzoin-based photopolymerization initiators. , benzyl ketal-based photopolymerization initiators, and the like.
  • the photopolymerization initiator preferably contains an oxime ester photopolymerization initiator.
  • oxime ester photopolymerization initiators examples include 2-(benzoyloxyimino)-1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]octan-1-one (OXE01), [1-[9-ethyl-6-( 2-methylbenzoyl)carbazol-3-yl]ethylideneamino]acetate (OXE02) and the like.
  • Phosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiators include, for example, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide, (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)diphenylphosphine oxide, polyoxyethylene glycerin ether tris[phenyl( 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phosphinate] (Polymeric TPO-L) and the like.
  • Examples of ⁇ -hydroxyketone-based photopolymerization initiators include 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropanone, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]-2 -hydroxy-2-methylpropanone, 2-hydroxy-1- ⁇ 4-[4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionyl)benzyl]phenyl ⁇ -2-methylpropan-1-one and the like.
  • Benzoin-based photopolymerization initiators include, for example, benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, and benzoin isobutyl ether.
  • Benzyl ketal photopolymerization initiators include, for example, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone.
  • Examples of ⁇ -aminoketone-based photopolymerization initiators include 2-methyl-1-phenyl-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropane- 1-one, 2-methyl-1-(4-hexylphenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-ethyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)butane-1- one, 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)butan-1-one, 2-(dimethylamino)-2-(4-methylphenylmethyl)-1-(4- morpholinophenyl)butan-1-one and the like.
  • a photoinitiator may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator for the polyether resin of the present invention in the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.00 per 100 parts by mass of the polyether resin of the present invention. 1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, still more preferably 1 to 3 parts by mass.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator in the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but when the non-volatile component of the resin composition is 100% by mass, it is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass. , more preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass, more preferably 1 to 3% by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a photosensitizer.
  • formula (5) As a photosensitizer, for example, formula (5):
  • R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or a substituent; Indicates an alkoxy group which may be present.
  • substituents in the “optionally substituted alkyl group” and “optionally substituted alkoxy group” represented by R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are not limited to, halogen atoms, —NO 2 , —CN, —COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R y , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , Monovalent substituents such as —NHCOR x (R x and R y are as described above).
  • R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, or an alkoxy group; more preferably a hydrogen atom, or a hydroxy group; more preferably, R 11 , R 12 , R 14 and R 15 are hydrogen atoms and R 13 is a hydrogen atom or a hydroxy group; particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the content of the photosensitizer for the polyether resin of the present invention in the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, it is preferably 0.1 per 100 parts by mass of the polyether resin of the present invention. to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 17 parts by mass, and even more preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass.
  • the content of the photosensitizer in the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. is 3 to 15% by mass, more preferably 5 to 10% by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may further contain other additives.
  • Other additives include, for example, thermosetting resins such as epoxy resins and epoxy resin curing agents; curing accelerators; inorganic fillers such as silica; Surfactants such as cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, silicone surfactants; thermoplastic resins; phthalocyanine blue, phthalocyanine green, iodine green, diazo yellow, crystal violet, titanium oxide, carbon black, naphthalene Colorants such as black; polymerization inhibitors such as hydroquinone, phenothiazine, methylhydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, catechol, pyrogallol; thickeners such as bentone and montmorillonite; antifoaming agents such as silicone, fluorine, and vinyl resin; Fire retardants such as resins, antimony compounds, phosphorus compounds, aromatic condensed phosphates, and halogen-containing condensed phosphates are included.
  • the resin composition of the present invention may further contain an organic solvent.
  • organic solvents include ether solvents such as dimethyl ether, diethyl ether, methyl ethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, anisole, and dioxane; glycol ether solvents such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether.
  • glycol ether ester solvents such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • ketone solvents such as cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone
  • Aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene, mesitylene, and tetralin
  • chlorine solvents such as chloroform, methylene chloride and 1,2-dichloroethane
  • the content of the organic solvent in the varnish-like resin composition before drying is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 to 5000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polyether resin of the present invention, More preferably 300 to 3000 parts by mass, still more preferably 500 to 1500 parts by mass.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is prepared by appropriately mixing each component, and if necessary, kneading means such as a three-roll mill, ball mill, bead mill and sand mill, or stirring means such as a super mixer, a planetary mixer and a high-speed rotating mixer. It can be produced by kneading or stirring with
  • the resin composition of the present invention can have excellent resolution. Therefore, in one embodiment, the resin composition of the present invention can be characterized in that the minimum opening diameter (minimum via diameter) of a via hole that can be formed by exposure and development is smaller. Therefore, in one embodiment, the minimum opening diameter when tested as in Test Example B1 below is preferably 25 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 18 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 15 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 15 ⁇ m or less. It may preferably be 12 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably 10 ⁇ m or less.
  • the dielectric loss tangent (Df) of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but when measured at 5.8 GHz and 23 ° C., in one embodiment, preferably 0.018 or less, 0 .016 or less, 0.014 or less, 0.012 or less, more preferably 0.010 or less, even more preferably 0.009 or less, even more preferably 0.008 or less, even more preferably 0.007 or less, especially It is preferably 0.006 or less.
  • the dielectric loss tangent (Df) of the cured product of the resin composition can be measured as in Test Example B2 below.
  • the dielectric constant (Dk) of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but when measured at 5.8 GHz and 23° C., in one embodiment, preferably 4.0 or less, It can be more preferably 3.5 or less, even more preferably 3.2 or less, even more preferably 3.0 or less, even more preferably 2.9 or less, and particularly preferably 2.8 or less.
  • the dielectric constant (Dk) of the cured product of the resin composition can be measured as in Test Example B2 below.
  • resin composition of the present invention are not particularly limited, but include resin films, insulating resin sheets such as prepreg, insulating materials, silicon wafers, circuit boards (laminated board applications, multilayer printed wiring board applications, etc.), solder resists, and buffers. It can be used in a wide range of applications such as coating films, underfill materials, die bonding materials, semiconductor sealing materials, hole-filling resins, and parts-embedding resins.
  • a resin composition for an insulating layer of a printed wiring board (a printed wiring board having a cured product of the resin composition as an insulating layer), a resin composition for an interlayer insulating layer (a cured product of a resin composition used as an interlayer insulating layer printed wiring board), a resin composition for plating (printed wiring board in which plating is formed on a cured product of the resin composition), and a resin composition for solder resist (a cured product of the resin composition is soldered printed wiring board as resist), resin composition for rewiring formation layer of wafer level package (wafer level package with rewiring formation layer of cured resin composition), rewiring formation layer of fan-out wafer level package (Fan-out wafer level package with the cured product of the resin composition as the rewiring formation layer), the resin composition for the rewiring formation layer of the fan-out panel level package (The cured product of the resin composition is recycled Fan-out panel level package with wiring forming layer), resin composition for buffer coat (s
  • the resin composition is used as an insulating layer for forming a rewiring layer to form a rewiring formation layer.
  • a resin composition for forming a rewiring layer and a resin composition for sealing a semiconductor chip (a resin composition for sealing a semiconductor chip).
  • a rewiring layer may be further formed on the encapsulation layer when the semiconductor chip package is manufactured.
  • the resin composition described above can also be used when the printed wiring board is a component built-in circuit board.
  • the insulating material of the present invention comprises the polyether resin of the present invention.
  • the resin film of the present invention has a support and a resin composition layer formed of the resin composition of the present invention provided on the support.
  • polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “PET”) and polyethylene naphthalate (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “PEN”), and polycarbonates (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “PC”).
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate
  • PEN polyethylene naphthalate
  • PC polycarbonates
  • acrylic such as polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA)
  • PMMA polymethyl methacrylate
  • TAC triacetyl cellulose
  • PES polyether sulfide
  • polyether ketone polyimide
  • polyimide polyimide
  • a metal foil may also be used as the support.
  • the metal foil include copper foil and aluminum foil, with copper foil being preferred.
  • the copper foil a foil made of a single metal of copper may be used, and a foil made of an alloy of copper and other metals (for example, tin, chromium, silver, magnesium, nickel, zirconium, silicon, titanium, etc.) may be used. may be used.
  • a support with a release layer having a release layer on the surface to be bonded to the resin composition layer may be used.
  • the release agent used in the release layer of the release layer-attached support includes, for example, one or more release agents selected from the group consisting of alkyd resins, polyolefin resins, urethane resins, and silicone resins.
  • a commercially available product may be used, for example, "SK-1", “ AL-5", “AL-7”, Toray's "Lumirror T60", Teijin's "Purex”, and Unitika's "Unipeel”.
  • the thickness of the support is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 5 ⁇ m to 75 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 10 ⁇ m to 60 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the release layer-attached support as a whole is preferably within the above range.
  • the thickness of the resin composition layer is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, 1 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less. Among them, it is preferably 2 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 4 ⁇ m or more, and preferably 50 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 30 ⁇ m or less.
  • the resin composition layer may be protected with a protective film.
  • a protective film By protecting the resin composition layer with the protective film, it is possible to suppress adhesion of dust and scratches on the surface of the resin composition layer.
  • the protective film for example, a film made of the same material as the support can be used.
  • the thickness of the protective film is not particularly limited, it is preferably in the range of 1 ⁇ m to 40 ⁇ m, more preferably in the range of 5 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m, even more preferably in the range of 10 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the protective film preferably has a smaller adhesive force between the resin composition layer and the protective film than the adhesive force between the resin composition layer and the support.
  • a resin film can be produced, for example, by applying a resin composition onto a support using a die coater or the like and drying it as necessary to form a resin composition layer.
  • Drying may be carried out by known methods such as heating and blowing hot air.
  • the drying conditions are not particularly limited, but the resin composition layer is dried so that the content of the organic solvent is 10% by mass or less, preferably 5% by mass or less. Although it varies depending on the boiling point of the organic solvent in the resin composition, for example, when using a resin composition containing 30% by mass to 60% by mass of the organic solvent, drying at 50 ° C. to 150 ° C. for 3 to 10 minutes A resin composition layer can be formed.
  • the resin film can be rolled up and stored.
  • the resin film has a protective film, it can be used by peeling off the protective film.
  • a semiconductor package substrate of the present invention includes an insulating layer formed from a cured product of the resin composition of the present invention.
  • the insulating layer is preferably used as a rewiring layer, an interlayer insulating layer, a buffer coat film or a solder resist.
  • the semiconductor package substrate of the first embodiment of the present invention can be produced using the resin composition that is the first embodiment of the resin composition of the present invention, and the cured product of the resin composition is used as an insulating layer.
  • the method for manufacturing a semiconductor package substrate includes: (I) forming a resin composition layer formed of the resin composition of the present invention on a circuit board; (II) a step of irradiating the resin composition layer with an actinic ray, and (III) a step of developing the resin composition layer, in that order.
  • Methods of forming the resin composition layer include a method of directly applying a varnish-like resin composition onto a circuit board, and a method of using a resin film.
  • the resin composition layer is formed on the circuit board by drying and volatilizing the organic solvent.
  • coating methods for the resin composition include gravure coating, micro gravure coating, reverse coating, kiss reverse coating, die coating, slot die, lip coating, comma coating, blade coating, and roll coating.
  • the resin composition may be applied in several times, may be applied in one time, or may be applied by combining a plurality of different methods.
  • the die coating method is preferable because of its excellent uniform coatability.
  • a resin composition layer is formed on the circuit board.
  • circuit boards examples include glass epoxy substrates, metal substrates, polyester substrates, polyimide substrates, BT resin substrates, thermosetting polyphenylene ether substrates, and the like.
  • circuit board refers to a board having a patterned conductor layer (circuit) formed on one or both sides of the support board as described above.
  • a substrate in which one or both sides of the outermost layer of the multilayer printed wiring board is a patterned conductor layer (circuit) is also included here. included in the circuit board.
  • the surface of the conductor layer may be roughened in advance by blackening treatment, copper etching, or the like.
  • the resin composition layer side is laminated on one side or both sides of the circuit board using a vacuum laminator.
  • the resin film has a protective film
  • the resin film and the circuit board are preheated as necessary, and the circuit is formed while pressing and heating the resin composition layer. Press onto the board.
  • a method of laminating it on a circuit board under reduced pressure by a vacuum lamination method is preferably used.
  • the conditions for lamination are not particularly limited, for example, the crimping temperature (laminating temperature) is preferably 70° C. to 140° C., and the crimping pressure is preferably 1 kgf/cm 2 to 11 kgf/cm 2 (9.8 ⁇ 10 4 N/m 2 to 107.9 ⁇ 10 4 N/m 2 ), the pressure bonding time is preferably 5 seconds to 300 seconds, and the air pressure is 20 mmHg (26.7 hPa) or less. preferable.
  • the lamination process may be of a batch type or a continuous type using rolls. A vacuum lamination method can be performed using a commercially available vacuum laminator.
  • vacuum laminators include, for example, a vacuum applicator manufactured by Nikko Materials, a vacuum pressurized laminator manufactured by Meiki Seisakusho, a roll-type dry coater manufactured by Hitachi Industries, and a vacuum laminator manufactured by Hitachi AIC. be able to.
  • an exposure step is performed in which a predetermined portion of the resin composition layer is irradiated with actinic rays through a mask pattern.
  • Actinic rays include, for example, ultraviolet rays, visible rays, electron beams, X-rays, and the like, and ultraviolet rays are particularly preferred.
  • the irradiation dose of ultraviolet rays is approximately 10 mJ/cm 2 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 .
  • the exposure method includes a contact exposure method in which a mask pattern is brought into close contact with a circuit board and a non-contact exposure method in which a parallel light beam is used for exposure without close contact.
  • vias can be formed using, for example, a via pattern such as a round hole pattern as the mask pattern.
  • the via diameter (opening diameter) is preferably 100 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 50 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 30 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, it can be 0.1 ⁇ m or more, 0.5 ⁇ m or more, or the like.
  • a pattern can be formed by performing a development step of removing the unexposed portions of the resin composition layer with a developer. Development is usually carried out by wet development.
  • alkaline aqueous solution used as the developer examples include alkali metal hydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide; carbonates or bicarbonates such as sodium carbonate and sodium bicarbonate; and sodium phosphate.
  • alkali metal phosphates such as potassium phosphate
  • aqueous solutions of alkali metal pyrophosphates such as sodium pyrophosphate and potassium pyrophosphate
  • organic bases containing no metal ions such as tetraalkylammonium hydroxide
  • An aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) is preferable because it does not contain metal ions and does not affect the semiconductor chip.
  • alkaline aqueous solutions can contain surfactants, antifoaming agents, etc. in order to improve the development effect.
  • the pH of the alkaline aqueous solution is, for example, preferably in the range of 8-12, more preferably in the range of 9-11.
  • the base concentration of the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass.
  • the temperature of the alkaline aqueous solution can be appropriately selected according to the developability of the resin composition layer, but is preferably 20°C to 50°C.
  • Organic solvents used as developers include, for example, acetone, ethyl acetate, alkoxyethanol having an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, butyl alcohol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and diethylene glycol. They are monobutyl ether, cyclopentanone and cyclohexanone.
  • the concentration of such an organic solvent is preferably 2% by mass to 90% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer. Moreover, the temperature of such an organic solvent can be adjusted according to the developability. Furthermore, such organic solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Organic solvent-based developers used alone include, for example, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylformamide, cyclohexanone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and ⁇ -butyrolactone.
  • development methods include a dip method, a battle method, a spray method, a high-pressure spray method, brushing, slapping, etc.
  • the high-pressure spray method is suitable for improving resolution.
  • the spray pressure is preferably 0.05 MPa to 0.3 MPa.
  • thermosetting step After completion of the step (III), a heat curing (post-baking) step is performed as necessary.
  • curing of the resin composition layer may progress in the above-described steps (I) to (III), it is possible to further progress the curing of the resin composition in the thermosetting step to obtain an insulating layer having excellent mechanical strength. can be done.
  • the post-baking process includes a heating process using a clean oven.
  • the atmosphere during thermosetting may be in the air or in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen.
  • the heating conditions may be appropriately selected according to the type and content of the resin component in the resin composition, but are preferably 150° C. to 250° C. for 20 minutes to 180 minutes, more preferably 160° C. ⁇ 230°C for 30 minutes to 120 minutes.
  • the method for manufacturing a semiconductor package substrate may further include a drilling step and a desmear step after forming an insulating layer as a cured resin composition layer. These steps may be performed according to various methods known to those skilled in the art for use in the manufacture of semiconductor package substrates.
  • the insulating layer formed on the circuit board is subjected to a drilling process to form via holes and through holes.
  • the drilling step can be carried out by a known method such as drilling, laser, plasma, or a combination of these methods if necessary, but a drilling step using a laser such as a carbon dioxide gas laser or a YAG laser is preferred.
  • the desmear process is a desmear process. Resin residue (smear) generally adheres to the inside of the opening formed in the drilling process. Since such smears cause electrical connection failures, processing for removing smears (desmear processing) is performed in this step.
  • Desmearing may be performed by dry desmearing, wet desmearing, or a combination thereof.
  • dry desmear treatment examples include desmear treatment using plasma.
  • Desmearing using plasma can be performed using a commercially available plasma desmearing device.
  • suitable examples for use in manufacturing semiconductor package substrates include a microwave plasma apparatus manufactured by Nissin Co., Ltd., and an atmospheric pressure plasma etching apparatus manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd., and the like.
  • Wet desmear treatment includes, for example, desmear treatment using an oxidizing agent solution.
  • the desmear treatment is performed using the oxidant solution, it is preferable to perform the swelling treatment with the swelling liquid, the oxidation treatment with the oxidant solution, and the neutralization treatment with the neutralization solution in this order.
  • the swelling liquid include "Swelling Dip Securigans P" and "Swelling Dip Securigans SBU” manufactured by Atotech Japan.
  • the swelling treatment is preferably carried out by immersing the substrate having via holes and the like formed therein in a swelling liquid heated to 60° C. to 80° C. for 5 to 10 minutes.
  • the oxidizing agent solution an aqueous alkaline permanganate solution is preferable.
  • a solution obtained by dissolving potassium permanganate or sodium permanganate in an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide can be mentioned.
  • the oxidation treatment with the oxidizing agent solution is preferably performed by immersing the substrate after the swelling treatment in the oxidizing agent solution heated to 60° C. to 80° C. for 10 minutes to 30 minutes.
  • Examples of commercially available alkaline permanganate aqueous solutions include "Concentrate Compact CP" and "Dosing Solution Security P" manufactured by Atotech Japan.
  • the neutralization treatment with the neutralizing solution is preferably carried out by immersing the substrate after the oxidation treatment in the neutralizing solution at 30° C. to 50° C. for 3 to 10 minutes.
  • an acidic aqueous solution is preferable, and commercially available products include, for example, "Reduction Solution Securigant P" manufactured by Atotech Japan.
  • dry desmear treatment may be performed first, or wet desmear treatment may be performed first.
  • a drilling step and a desmear step may be performed after the thermosetting step.
  • a plating step may be further performed.
  • the plating process is a process of forming a conductor layer on an insulating layer.
  • the conductor layer may be formed by sputtering after forming the insulating layer, or may be formed by combining electroless plating and electrolytic plating, or forming a plating resist having a pattern opposite to that of the conductor layer,
  • the conductor layer may be formed only by electroless plating.
  • a method for subsequent pattern formation for example, a subtractive method, a semi-additive method, or the like known to those skilled in the art can be used.
  • a semiconductor package substrate according to the second embodiment of the present invention can be manufactured using the resin composition described above, and a cured product of the resin composition is used as a rewiring formation layer.
  • the method for manufacturing a semiconductor package substrate includes: (A) a step of laminating a temporary fixing film on a substrate; (B) temporarily fixing the semiconductor chip on the temporary fixing film; (C) forming a sealing layer on the semiconductor chip; (D) a step of peeling the substrate and the temporary fixing film from the semiconductor chip; (E) forming a rewiring formation layer as an insulating layer on the surface of the semiconductor chip from which the substrate and the temporary fixing film have been removed; (F) forming a rewiring layer as a conductor layer on the rewiring forming layer; (G) forming a solder resist layer on the rewiring layer; including.
  • the method for manufacturing the semiconductor chip package includes: (H) a step of dicing a plurality of semiconductor chip packages into individual semiconductor chip packages and singulating
  • Step (A) is a step of laminating a temporary fixing film on a substrate.
  • the conditions for laminating the substrate and the temporary fixing film are not particularly limited, but for example, the pressure bonding temperature (laminating temperature) is preferably 70° C. to 140° C., and the pressure bonding pressure is preferably 1 kgf/cm 2 to 11 kgf. /cm 2 , the pressure bonding time is preferably 5 seconds to 300 seconds, and the lamination is preferably performed under a reduced pressure of 20 mmHg or less.
  • the lamination process may be of a batch type or a continuous type using rolls.
  • a vacuum lamination method can be performed using a commercially available vacuum laminator.
  • vacuum laminators include, for example, a vacuum applicator manufactured by Nikko Materials, a vacuum pressurized laminator manufactured by Meiki Seisakusho, a roll-type dry coater manufactured by Hitachi Industries, and a vacuum laminator manufactured by Hitachi AIC. be able to.
  • substrates examples include silicon wafers; glass wafers; glass substrates; metal substrates such as copper, titanium, stainless steel and cold-rolled steel plate (SPCC); FR-4 substrates and the like; A heat-cured substrate; a substrate made of bismaleimide triazine resin such as BT resin; and the like.
  • Any material that can be peeled off from the semiconductor chip and that can temporarily fix the semiconductor chip can be used for the temporary fixing film.
  • Commercially available products include "Riva Alpha” manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation.
  • Step (B) is a step of temporarily fixing the semiconductor chip on the temporary fixing film.
  • Temporary fixing of the semiconductor chip can be performed using a device such as a flip chip bonder, a die bonder, or the like.
  • the layout and the number of semiconductor chips to be arranged can be appropriately set according to the shape and size of the temporary fixing film, the target production volume of the semiconductor package, and the like.
  • the semiconductor chips may be arranged in a matrix of multiple rows and multiple columns and temporarily fixed.
  • Step (C) is a step of forming a sealing layer on the semiconductor chip.
  • Any insulating material can be used for the sealing layer, and the resin composition of the present invention may be used.
  • the encapsulating layer is usually formed by a method comprising the steps of forming a sealing resin composition layer on the semiconductor chip and thermally or photocuring the resin composition layer to form the encapsulating layer. do.
  • the formation of the encapsulating resin composition layer is preferably carried out by compression molding.
  • the semiconductor chip and the encapsulating resin composition are usually placed in a mold, and pressure and, if necessary, heat are applied to the encapsulating resin composition in the mold to seal the semiconductor chip. forming a resin composition layer for
  • the specific operation of the compression molding method can be, for example, as follows.
  • An upper mold and a lower mold are prepared as molds for compression molding.
  • the sealing resin composition is applied to the semiconductor chip temporarily fixed on the temporary fixing film as described above.
  • the semiconductor chip coated with the encapsulating resin composition is attached to the lower mold together with the substrate and the temporary fixing film. Thereafter, the upper mold and the lower mold are clamped, and heat and pressure are applied to the encapsulating resin composition for compression molding.
  • the specific operation of the compression molding method may be, for example, as follows.
  • An upper mold and a lower mold are prepared as molds for compression molding.
  • a sealing resin composition is placed on the lower mold.
  • the semiconductor chip is attached to the upper mold together with the base material and the temporary fixing film. After that, the upper mold and the lower mold are clamped so that the sealing resin composition placed on the lower mold is in contact with the semiconductor chip attached to the upper mold, and heat and pressure are applied to perform compression molding.
  • the molding conditions differ depending on the composition of the encapsulating resin composition, and suitable conditions can be adopted so as to achieve good encapsulation.
  • the temperature of the mold during molding is preferably a temperature at which the encapsulating resin composition can exhibit excellent compression moldability, preferably 80° C. or higher, more preferably 100° C. or higher, and particularly preferably 120° C. or higher. , preferably 200° C. or lower, more preferably 170° C. or lower, particularly preferably 150° C. or lower.
  • the pressure applied during molding is preferably 1 MPa or higher, more preferably 3 MPa or higher, particularly preferably 5 MPa or higher, and preferably 50 MPa or lower, more preferably 30 MPa or lower, and particularly preferably 20 MPa or lower.
  • the curing time is preferably 1 minute or longer, more preferably 2 minutes or longer, particularly preferably 5 minutes or longer, and preferably 60 minutes or shorter, more preferably 30 minutes or shorter, and particularly preferably 20 minutes or shorter.
  • the mold is removed after forming the encapsulating resin composition layer.
  • the mold may be removed before or after heat curing of the encapsulating resin composition layer.
  • the compression molding method may be performed by discharging the sealing resin composition filled in the cartridge into the lower mold.
  • Step (D) is a step of peeling off the substrate and the temporary fixing film from the semiconductor chip.
  • the peeling method it is desirable to employ an appropriate method according to the material of the temporary fixing film.
  • the peeling method include a method of heating, foaming, or expanding the temporary fixing film to peel it.
  • a peeling method for example, a method of irradiating the temporary fixing film with ultraviolet rays through the base material to reduce the adhesive strength of the temporary fixing film and peel it off can be used.
  • the heating conditions are usually 100° C. to 250° C. for 1 second to 90 seconds or 5 minutes to 15 minutes.
  • the irradiation dose of ultraviolet rays is usually 10 mJ/cm 2 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 .
  • Step (E) is a step of forming a rewiring forming layer as an insulating layer on the surface of the semiconductor chip from which the substrate and the temporary fixing film have been removed.
  • the resin composition of the present invention is used for the rewiring formation layer.
  • the method for forming the rewiring formation layer is the same as the method for forming the resin composition layer in step (I) in the first embodiment.
  • a via hole may be formed in the rewiring layer in order to connect the semiconductor chip and the rewiring layer between layers.
  • the via hole is usually formed by exposing the surface of the resin composition layer for forming the rewiring layer through a mask pattern and irradiating actinic rays through a mask pattern, and developing and removing the non-exposed areas that are not irradiated with actinic rays. It can be formed by performing a developing step.
  • the irradiation dose and irradiation time of actinic rays can be appropriately set according to the resin composition layer. Examples of the exposure method include a contact exposure method in which a mask pattern is brought into close contact with the resin composition layer for exposure, and a non-contact exposure method in which a mask pattern is not brought into close contact with the resin composition layer for exposure using parallel light rays. mentioned.
  • the actinic ray, alkaline aqueous solution, and exposure/development method are as described above.
  • the shape of the via hole is not particularly limited, but is generally circular (substantially circular).
  • the top diameter of the via hole is preferably 50 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 30 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, and preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or more.
  • the top diameter of the via hole means the diameter of the opening of the via hole on the surface of the rewiring layer.
  • Step (F) is a step of forming a rewiring layer as a conductor layer on the rewiring formation layer.
  • the method of forming the rewiring layer on the rewiring forming layer can be the same as the method of forming the conductor layer on the insulating layer in the first embodiment.
  • the steps (E) and (F) may be repeated to alternately build up the rewiring layers and the rewiring formation layers (build-up).
  • Step (G) is a step of forming a solder resist layer on the rewiring layer.
  • Any insulating material can be used as the material of the solder resist layer.
  • photosensitive resins and thermosetting resins are preferable from the viewpoint of easiness in manufacturing semiconductor chip packages.
  • the method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip package may include step (H) in addition to steps (A) to (G).
  • Step (H) is a step of dicing a plurality of semiconductor chip packages into individual semiconductor chip packages to separate them into pieces.
  • the method of dicing the semiconductor chip package into individual semiconductor chip packages is not particularly limited.
  • a semiconductor device of the present invention includes the semiconductor chip package of the present invention.
  • Semiconductor devices mounted with semiconductor chip packages include, for example, electrical products (e.g., computers, mobile phones, smartphones, tablet devices, wearable devices, digital cameras, medical equipment, televisions, etc.) and vehicles (e.g., automatic (motorcycles, automobiles, trains, ships, aircraft, etc.).
  • the present invention will be specifically described below with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples.
  • “parts” and “%” representing amounts mean “parts by mass” and “% by mass”, respectively, unless otherwise specified.
  • the temperature condition is room temperature (23° C.) unless otherwise specified, and the pressure condition is atmospheric pressure (1 atm) unless otherwise specified.
  • a weight average molecular weight is a weight average molecular weight of polystyrene conversion measured by the gel permeation chromatography method.
  • ⁇ Test Example A2 Measurement of dielectric constant (Dk) and dielectric loss tangent (Df)>
  • the polyether resin produced in each example and comparative example was added to N-methylpyrrolidone so as to be 10% by mass, and heated at 100° C. for 1 hour.
  • the dissolved polymer is placed on the release surface of a polyethylene terephthalate film with alkyd release treatment (PET film, “AL-5” manufactured by Lintec, thickness 38 ⁇ m), and the thickness of the resin layer after drying is 20 ⁇ m. , dried at 80 to 110 ° C. (95 ° C. on average) for 5 minutes, heated at 180 ° C. for 2 hours, and peeled off the PET film as a support to form a cured film. made.
  • PET film “AL-5” manufactured by Lintec, thickness 38 ⁇ m
  • a test piece with a width of 2 mm and a length of 80 mm was cut from the cured film.
  • the dielectric constant (Dk) and the dielectric constant (Dk) were determined by the cavity resonance perturbation method at a measurement frequency of 5.8 GHz and a measurement temperature of 23 ° C. Tangent (Df) was measured.
  • Table 1 below shows the measurement results and evaluation results of Test Examples A1 and A2 performed on the polyether resins obtained in Examples A1 to A5 and Comparative Example A1.
  • Tables 2 and 3 below show the measurement results and evaluation results of Test Examples A1 and A2 performed on the polyether resins obtained in Examples A6 to A19 and Reference Example A1.
  • Table 4 below shows the measurement results and evaluation results of Test Examples A1 and A2 performed on the polyether resins obtained in Example A20 and Reference Example A2.
  • Example B1 100 parts by mass of the polyether resin (4) obtained in Example A4, 16 parts by mass of a photocurable cross-linking agent (trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate), an oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (manufactured by BASF "Irgacure- OXE02", [1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)carbazol-3-yl]ethylideneamino]acetate) 2 parts by mass, photosensitizer (1-phenyl-5-mercapto-1H-tetrazole , a photosensitizer represented by the following formula (5′)) was dissolved in 900 parts by mass of N-methylpyrrolidone to prepare a resin composition.
  • a photocurable cross-linking agent trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate
  • an oxime ester photopolymerization initiator manufactured by BASF "Irgacure- OXE02
  • Example B2> A resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1, except that the same amount of the polyether resin (8) obtained in Example A8 was used instead of the polyether resin (4) obtained in Example A4. prepared.
  • Example B3> A resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that the same amount of the polyether resin (10) obtained in Example A10 was used instead of the polyether resin (4) obtained in Example A4. prepared.
  • Example B4> A resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that the same amount of the polyether resin (16) obtained in Example A16 was used instead of the polyether resin (4) obtained in Example A4. prepared.
  • Example B5> A resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that the same amount of the polyether resin (17) obtained in Example A17 was used instead of the polyether resin (4) obtained in Example A4. prepared.
  • Example B1 A resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that the same amount of the polyether resin (A) obtained in Comparative Example A1 was used instead of the polyether resin (4) obtained in Example A4. prepared.
  • Example B1 A resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1, except that the same amount of the polyether resin (B) obtained in Reference Example A1 was used instead of the polyether resin (4) obtained in Example A4. prepared.
  • Example B2 A resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1, except that the same amount of the polyether resin (C) obtained in Reference Example A2 was used instead of the polyether resin (4) obtained in Example A4. prepared.
  • ⁇ Test Example B1 Evaluation of Limited Resolution (Resolution)>
  • the resin compositions obtained in Examples B1 to B5, Comparative Example B1, and Reference Examples B1 and B2 were plated with copper to a thickness of 10 ⁇ m on a silicon wafer, and subjected to coarsening treatment with a 1% hydrochloric acid aqueous solution for 10 seconds.
  • a spin coater was used to coat the substrate at a rotation speed suitable for a film thickness of 10 ⁇ m, followed by heating on a hot plate at 120° C. for 5 minutes to prepare a resin composition layer. This is called a laminate.
  • the produced laminate was exposed to ultraviolet light (wavelength: 365 nm, intensity: 40 mW/cm 2 ).
  • the optimum exposure amount was set in the range of 50 mJ/cm 2 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 .
  • a quartz glass mask was used for drawing round holes (vias) with openings of 10 ⁇ m, 12 ⁇ m, 15 ⁇ m, 18 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 25 ⁇ m and 30 ⁇ m.
  • the entire surface of the resin composition layer on the laminate is sprayed with cyclopentanone as a developer at a spray pressure of 0.2 MPa for an optimum time of 30 seconds to 300 seconds, followed by acetic acid.
  • Spray rinsing was performed with 2-methoxy-1-methylethyl (PGMEA) at a spray pressure of 0.2 MPa for 30 seconds. Further, heat treatment was performed at 180° C. for 120 minutes to cure the resin composition layer.
  • PGMEA 2-methoxy-1-methylethyl
  • the diameters of the bottoms of vias with openings of 10 ⁇ m, 12 ⁇ m, 15 ⁇ m, 18 ⁇ m, 20 ⁇ m, 25 ⁇ m, and 30 ⁇ m in the exposure pattern of the cured resin composition layer were observed by SEM (1000x magnification) and measured. The minimum size that can be opened was taken as the resolution limit.
  • ⁇ Test Example B2 Measurement of dielectric constant (Dk) and dielectric loss tangent (Df)>
  • the resin compositions obtained in Examples B1 to B5, Comparative Example B1, and Reference Examples B1 and B2 were coated on a polyethylene terephthalate film with alkyd release treatment (PET film, "AL-5" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 ⁇ m ) was evenly coated with a die coater so that the thickness of the resin composition layer after drying was 20 ⁇ m.
  • the resin composition on this PET film was dried at 80 to 110° C. (average 95° C.) for 5 minutes, heated at 180° C. for 2 hours, and peeled off from the PET film to prepare a cured film.
  • a test piece with a width of 2 mm and a length of 80 mm was cut from the cured film.
  • the dielectric constant (Dk) and the dielectric constant (Dk) were determined by the cavity resonance perturbation method at a measurement frequency of 5.8 GHz and a measurement temperature of 23 ° C. Tangent (Df) was measured.
  • Table 5 below shows the content of each component of the resin compositions prepared in Examples B1 to B5, Comparative Example B1, and Reference Examples B1 and B2, and the measurement results of Test Examples B1 and B2.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Polyethers (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention addresses the problem of providing a polyether resin having exceptional dielectric characteristics. The solution to the problem addressed by the present invention is a polyether resin having a repeating unit represented by formula (1). Each symbol is as in the accompanying description. 

Description

ポリエーテル樹脂polyether resin
 本発明は、ポリエーテル樹脂に関する。 The present invention relates to polyether resins.
 各種電子機器に広く使用されているプリント配線板は、電子機器の小型化、高機能化のために、薄型化や回路の微細配線化が求められている。 Printed wiring boards, which are widely used in various electronic devices, are required to be thinner and have finer wiring in order to make electronic devices smaller and more functional.
 プリント配線板の製造技術としては、絶縁層と導体層とを交互に積み重ねるビルドアップ方式による製造方法が知られている。ビルドアップ方式による製造方法において、一般に、絶縁層は樹脂組成物を熱硬化又は光硬化させて形成される。このような樹脂組成物としては、例えば、特許文献1に開示される樹脂組成物が知られている。 As a manufacturing technology for printed wiring boards, a manufacturing method using a build-up method in which insulating layers and conductor layers are alternately stacked is known. In the build-up manufacturing method, the insulating layer is generally formed by thermosetting or photocuring a resin composition. As such a resin composition, for example, the resin composition disclosed in Patent Document 1 is known.
特開2019-66792号公報JP 2019-66792 A
 近年通信機器における通信の高速化、大容量化に伴い、通信機器の半導体パッケージ基板の製造に使用される樹脂は、誘電正接がより低い、即ち誘電特性により優れることが求められている。また、さらなる精密性の確保のため、半導体パッケージ基板の製造に使用される樹脂組成物は、より優れた解像性が求められている。 In recent years, with the increase in communication speed and capacity in communication equipment, the resin used in the manufacture of semiconductor package substrates for communication equipment is required to have a lower dielectric loss tangent, that is, to have better dielectric properties. Further, in order to ensure further precision, resin compositions used for manufacturing semiconductor package substrates are required to have better resolution.
 本発明は、上記課題に鑑みてなされたものであり、誘電特性に優れる樹脂を提供することを目的とする。また、より優れた解像性を有する樹脂組成物を提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and an object of the present invention is to provide a resin having excellent dielectric properties. Another object of the present invention is to provide a resin composition having better resolution.
 本発明者らが鋭意検討した結果、誘電特性に優れたポリエーテル樹脂を新たに見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。また、このようなポリエーテル樹脂を使用した樹脂組成物がより優れた解像性を備えることも見出した。 As a result of diligent studies, the inventors of the present invention newly discovered a polyether resin with excellent dielectric properties and completed the present invention. They also found that a resin composition using such a polyether resin has better resolution.
 すなわち、本発明は以下の内容を含む。
[1] 式(1):
That is, the present invention includes the following contents.
[1] Formula (1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
[式中、
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、-CN、-NO、-COH、-R、-OR、-COR、-COOR、-CONHR、-CONR、-SR、-SOR、又は-SORを示し、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよく;
 Rは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を示し;
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を示し;
 環X及び環Xは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭素環を示し;
 Yは、単結合、又は有機基を示し;
 aは、0、又は1を示し;
 p及びqは、それぞれ独立して、0、1、2、3、又は4を示す。]
で表される繰り返し単位を有するポリエーテル樹脂。
[2] 式(3):
[In the formula,
R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, —CN, —NO 2 , —COH, —R, —OR, —COR, —COOR, —CONHR, —CONR 2 , —SR, —SOR, or —SO 2 R, wherein R 1 and R 2 may combine together to form a non-aromatic ring which may have a substituent;
R each independently represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group;
R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a substituent;
Ring X 1 and Ring X 2 each independently represent an aromatic carbocyclic ring which may have a substituent;
Y represents a single bond or an organic group;
a represents 0 or 1;
p and q each independently represent 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; ]
Polyether resin having a repeating unit represented by.
[2] Formula (3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
[式中、
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、-R、-COR、又は-COORを示し、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよく;
 Rは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を示し;
 R、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を示し;
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を示し、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよく;
 a及びbは、それぞれ独立して、0、又は1を示し;
 p、q、r及びsは、それぞれ独立して、0、1、2、3、又は4を示す。]
で表される繰り返し単位を有する、上記[1]に記載のポリエーテル樹脂。
[3] aが0である場合、
 sが1以上であり、且つRのうち少なくとも1個が炭素数4以上のアルキル基であり;
 aが1であり且つbが0である場合、
 r及びsの合計が1以上であり、且つR及びRのうち少なくとも1個が炭素数4以上のアルキル基であり;
 aが1であり且つbが1である場合、
 (1)r及びsの合計が1以上であり、且つR及びRのうち少なくとも1個が炭素数4以上のアルキル基であり、且つ/或いは
 (2-1)R及びRが水素原子、若しくはアルキル基を示し、且つ少なくとも一方が炭素数4以上のアルキル基であるか、又は(2-2)R及びRが一緒になって結合し、アルキル基で置換されていてもよい5員以上の単環系の非芳香族飽和炭素環、若しくはアルキル基で置換されていてもよい6員以上の二環系以上の非芳香族飽和炭素環を形成する、上記[2]に記載のポリエーテル樹脂。
[4] 重量平均分子量が、5,000以上である、上記[1]~[3]の何れかに記載のポリエーテル樹脂。
[5] 誘電正接(Df)が、5.8GHz、23℃で測定した場合、0.012以下である、上記[1]~[4]の何れかに記載のポリエーテル樹脂。
[6] 上記[1]~[5]の何れかに記載のポリエーテル樹脂を含む絶縁材料。
[7] 上記[1]~[5]の何れかに記載のポリエーテル樹脂、及び硬化性架橋剤を含む樹脂組成物。
[8] 上記[1]~[5]の何れかに記載のポリエーテル樹脂、光硬化性架橋剤、及び光重合開始剤を含む樹脂組成物。
[9] さらに光増感剤を含む、上記[8]に記載の樹脂組成物。
[10] 支持体と、当該支持体上に設けられた上記[7]~[9]の何れかに記載の樹脂組成物で形成された樹脂組成物層と、を有する樹脂シート。
[11] 上記[7]~[9]の何れかに記載の樹脂組成物の硬化物により形成された絶縁層を含む半導体パッケージ基板。
[12] 上記[11]に記載の半導体パッケージ基板を含む、半導体装置。
[13] 下記工程(I)~(III)をこの順に含む半導体パッケージ基板の製造方法。
 (I)回路基板上に、上記[8]又は[9]に記載の樹脂組成物で形成された樹脂組成物層を形成する工程
 (II)樹脂組成物層に活性光線を照射する工程
 (III)樹脂組成物層を現像する工程
[In the formula,
R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, —R, —COR, or —COOR, and R 1 and R 2 are bonded together to form an optionally substituted non- may form an aromatic ring;
R each independently represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group;
R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a substituent;
RA and RB each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group, and RA and RB together may be combined to form a non-aromatic ring optionally having a substituent;
a and b each independently represent 0 or 1;
p, q, r and s each independently represent 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; ]
The polyether resin according to [1] above, which has a repeating unit represented by:
[3] if a is 0,
s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms;
If a is 1 and b is 0,
the sum of r and s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms;
If a is 1 and b is 1,
(1) the sum of r and s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, and/or (2-1) R A and R B are represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and at least one of which is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, or (2-2) R A and R B are bonded together and substituted with an alkyl group Forming a 5-membered or more monocyclic non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring that may be optionally substituted with an alkyl group, or a 6-membered or more bicyclic or higher non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring that may be substituted with an alkyl group [2] Polyether resin according to .
[4] The polyether resin according to any one of [1] to [3] above, which has a weight average molecular weight of 5,000 or more.
[5] The polyether resin according to any one of [1] to [4] above, which has a dielectric loss tangent (Df) of 0.012 or less when measured at 5.8 GHz and 23°C.
[6] An insulating material containing the polyether resin according to any one of [1] to [5] above.
[7] A resin composition comprising the polyether resin according to any one of [1] to [5] above and a curable cross-linking agent.
[8] A resin composition comprising the polyether resin according to any one of [1] to [5] above, a photocurable cross-linking agent, and a photopolymerization initiator.
[9] The resin composition according to [8] above, further comprising a photosensitizer.
[10] A resin sheet comprising a support and a resin composition layer formed of the resin composition according to any one of [7] to [9] provided on the support.
[11] A semiconductor package substrate comprising an insulating layer formed from a cured product of the resin composition according to any one of [7] to [9] above.
[12] A semiconductor device including the semiconductor package substrate according to [11] above.
[13] A method for manufacturing a semiconductor package substrate including the following steps (I) to (III) in this order.
(I) Step of forming a resin composition layer formed of the resin composition according to [8] or [9] above on a circuit board (II) Step of irradiating the resin composition layer with actinic rays (III) ) Step of developing the resin composition layer
 本発明によれば、誘電特性に優れたポリエーテル樹脂を提供することができる。また、より優れた解像性を有する樹脂組成物を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a polyether resin with excellent dielectric properties. Also, a resin composition having better resolution can be provided.
 以下、本発明をその好適な実施形態に即して詳細に説明する。ただし、本発明は、下記実施形態及び例示物に限定されるものではなく、本発明の請求の範囲及びその均等の範囲を逸脱しない範囲において任意に変更して実施され得る。 The present invention will be described in detail below in accordance with its preferred embodiments. However, the present invention is not limited to the following embodiments and examples, and can be arbitrarily modified without departing from the scope of the claims of the present invention and equivalents thereof.
<ポリエーテル樹脂>
 本発明のポリエーテル樹脂は、式(1):
<Polyether resin>
The polyether resin of the present invention has the formula (1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
[式中、
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、-CN、-NO、-COH、-R、-OR、-COR、-COOR、-CONHR、-CONR、-SR、-SOR、又は-SORを示し、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよく;
 Rは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を示し;
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を示し;
 環X及び環Xは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭素環を示し;
 Yは、単結合、又は有機基を示し;
 aは、0、又は1を示し;
 p及びqは、それぞれ独立して、0、1、2、3、又は4を示す。]
で表される繰り返し単位を有する。このようなポリエーテル樹脂は、より優れた誘電特性を有する。したがって、プリント配線板などにおける絶縁材料として好適に使用することができる。
[In the formula,
R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, —CN, —NO 2 , —COH, —R, —OR, —COR, —COOR, —CONHR, —CONR 2 , —SR, —SOR, or —SO 2 R, wherein R 1 and R 2 may combine together to form a non-aromatic ring which may have a substituent;
R each independently represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group;
R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a substituent;
Ring X 1 and Ring X 2 each independently represent an aromatic carbocyclic ring which may have a substituent;
Y represents a single bond or an organic group;
a represents 0 or 1;
p and q each independently represent 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; ]
It has a repeating unit represented by Such polyether resins have better dielectric properties. Therefore, it can be suitably used as an insulating material in printed wiring boards and the like.
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、-CN、-NO、-COH、-R、-OR、-COR、-COOR、-CONHR、-CONR、-SR、-SOR、又は-SORを示し、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよい。 R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, —CN, —NO 2 , —COH, —R, —OR, —COR, —COOR, —CONHR, —CONR 2 , —SR, —SOR, or —SO 2 R, and R 1 and R 2 may combine together to form a non-aromatic ring which may have a substituent.
 R及びRは、一実施形態において、好ましくは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、-CN、-NO、-COH、-R、-COR、-COOR、-CONHR、又は-CONRであり、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよい。 R 1 and R 2 are, in one embodiment, preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, —CN, —NO 2 , —COH, —R, —COR, —COOR, —CONHR, or —CONR 2 and R 1 and R 2 may be joined together to form an optionally substituted non-aromatic ring.
 R及びRは、一実施形態において、より好ましくは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、-CN、-NO、-COH、-R、-COR、又は-COORであり、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよい。 In one embodiment, R 1 and R 2 are more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, —CN, —NO 2 , —COH, —R, —COR, or —COOR, and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded together to form a non-aromatic ring which may have a substituent.
 R及びRは、一実施形態において、さらに好ましくは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、-R、-COR、又は-COORであり、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよい。 R 1 and R 2 are, in one embodiment, more preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, —R, —COR, or —COOR, and R 1 and R 2 are bonded together and substituted It may form a non-aromatic ring which may have a group.
 R及びRは、一実施形態において、特に好ましくは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、-COR、又は-COORであり、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよい。 In one embodiment, R 1 and R 2 are particularly preferably each independently a hydrogen atom, —COR, or —COOR, and R 1 and R 2 are bonded together and have a substituent. may form an optional non-aromatic ring.
 R及びRが形成する「置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環」における「置換基」としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子、-NO、-CN、-COH、-OH、-SH、-NH、-COOH、-R、-COR、-OR、-SR、-SOR、-SO、-NHR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、-NHCOR、=O等の1価の置換基又は2価の置換基が挙げられる。 The “substituent” in the “optionally substituted non-aromatic ring” formed by R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, but examples include halogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN , —COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R x , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N( R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x , ═O and other monovalent or divalent substituents. be done.
 Rは、それぞれ独立して、(1)ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、アリール基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アラルキルオキシ基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルケニルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アラルキルカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、アリールカルボニルオキシ基、アラルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アルケニルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アラルキルオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノ基、ジ(アルキル)アミノ基、アルケニルアミノ基、アルキルアルケニルアミノ基、アルキルカルボニルアミノ基、アルケニルカルボニルアミノ基、アルキルカルバモイル基、及びアルケニルカルバモイル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアルキル基;(2)ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、アリール基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アラルキルオキシ基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルケニルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アラルキルカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、アリールカルボニルオキシ基、アラルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アルケニルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アラルキルオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノ基、ジ(アルキル)アミノ基、アルケニルアミノ基、アルキルアルケニルアミノ基、アルキルカルボニルアミノ基、アルケニルカルボニルアミノ基、アルキルカルバモイル基、及びアルケニルカルバモイル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアルケニル基;又は(3)ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アラルキルオキシ基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルケニルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アラルキルカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、アリールカルボニルオキシ基、アラルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アルケニルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アラルキルオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノ基、ジ(アルキル)アミノ基、アルケニルアミノ基、アルキルアルケニルアミノ基、アルキルカルボニルアミノ基、アルケニルカルボニルアミノ基、アルキルカルバモイル基、及びアルケニルカルバモイル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアリール基である。 R x each independently represents (1) a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an aryl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group; , aralkyloxy group, alkylcarbonyl group, alkenylcarbonyl group, arylcarbonyl group, aralkylcarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, alkenylcarbonyloxy group, arylcarbonyloxy group, aralkylcarbonyloxy group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, alkenyloxycarbonyl group , an aryloxycarbonyl group, an aralkyloxycarbonyl group, an alkylamino group, a di(alkyl)amino group, an alkenylamino group, an alkylalkenylamino group, an alkylcarbonylamino group, an alkenylcarbonylamino group, an alkylcarbamoyl group, and an alkenylcarbamoyl group Alkyl group optionally substituted with a selected group; (2) Halogen atom, nitro group, cyano group, hydroxy group, amino group, aryl group, alkyl-substituted aryl group, alkenyl-substituted aryl group, alkoxy group, alkenyloxy group , aryloxy group, aralkyloxy group, alkylcarbonyl group, alkenylcarbonyl group, arylcarbonyl group, aralkylcarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, alkenylcarbonyloxy group, arylcarbonyloxy group, aralkylcarbonyloxy group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, alkenyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, aralkyloxycarbonyl group, alkylamino group, di(alkyl)amino group, alkenylamino group, alkylalkenylamino group, alkylcarbonylamino group, alkenylcarbonylamino group, alkylcarbamoyl group, and alkenyl group optionally substituted with a group selected from alkenylcarbamoyl group; or (3) halogen atom, nitro group, cyano group, hydroxy group, amino group, alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group, alkyl substitution aryl group, alkenyl-substituted aryl group, alkoxy group, alkenyloxy group, aryloxy group, aralkyloxy group, alkylcarbonyl group, alkenylcarbonyl group, arylcarbonyl group, aralkylcarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, alkenylcarbonyloxy group, aryl carbonyloxy group, aralkylcarbonyloxy group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, alkenyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, aralkyloxycarbonyl group, alkylamino group, di(alkyl)amino group, alkenylamino group, alkylalkenylamino group, alkyl It is an aryl group optionally substituted with a group selected from a carbonylamino group, an alkenylcarbonylamino group, an alkylcarbamoyl group and an alkenylcarbamoyl group.
 ハロゲン原子とは、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子である。 A halogen atom is a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
 アルキル基とは、直鎖、分枝鎖及び/又は環状の1価の脂肪族飽和炭化水素基を意味する。アルキル基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、1~18が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6がさらに好ましい。アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、sec-ペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、イソヘプチル基、オクチル基、イソオクチル基、tert-オクチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘキシルメチル基等が挙げられる。 An alkyl group means a linear, branched and/or cyclic monovalent aliphatic saturated hydrocarbon group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-18, more preferably 1-10, and even more preferably 1-6, unless otherwise specified. Examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, sec-pentyl, neopentyl, and tert. -pentyl group, hexyl group, isohexyl group, heptyl group, isoheptyl group, octyl group, isooctyl group, tert-octyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclohexylmethyl group and the like.
 アルケニル基とは、少なくとも1つの炭素-炭素二重結合を有する直鎖、分枝鎖及び/又は環状の1価の脂肪族不飽和炭化水素基を意味する。アルケニル基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、2~18が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~6がさらに好ましい。アルケニル基としては、例えば、ビニル基、プロペニル基(アリル基、1-プロペニル基、イソプロペニル基)、ブテニル基(1-ブテニル基、クロチル基、メタリル基、イソクロチル基等)、ペンテニル基(1-ペンテニル基等)、ヘキセニル基(1-ヘキセニル基等)、ヘプテニル基(1-ヘプテニル基等)、オクテニル基(1-オクテニル基等)、シクロペンテニル基(2-シクロペンテニル基等)、シクロヘキセニル基(3-シクロヘキセニル基等)等が挙げられる。 An alkenyl group means a linear, branched and/or cyclic monovalent unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having at least one carbon-carbon double bond. The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl group is preferably 2 to 18, more preferably 2 to 10, even more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise specified. The alkenyl group includes, for example, vinyl group, propenyl group (allyl group, 1-propenyl group, isopropenyl group), butenyl group (1-butenyl group, crotyl group, methallyl group, isocrotyl group, etc.), pentenyl group (1- pentenyl group, etc.), hexenyl group (1-hexenyl group, etc.), heptenyl group (1-heptenyl group, etc.), octenyl group (1-octenyl group, etc.), cyclopentenyl group (2-cyclopentenyl group, etc.), cyclohexenyl group (3-cyclohexenyl group, etc.) and the like.
 アリール基とは、芳香族炭素環の1個の水素原子を除いてなる1価の芳香族炭化水素基を意味する。アリール基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、6~18が好ましく、6~10が特に好ましい。アリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、1-ナフチル基、2-ナフチル基等が挙げられる。 An aryl group means a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon group from which one hydrogen atom is removed from an aromatic carbocyclic ring. The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group is preferably 6-18, particularly preferably 6-10, unless otherwise specified. Examples of the aryl group include phenyl group, 1-naphthyl group, 2-naphthyl group and the like.
 アラルキル基とは、1個又は2個以上(好ましくは1個)のアリール基で置換されたアルキル基を意味する。アラルキル基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、7~19が好ましく、7~11が特に好ましい。アラルキル基としては、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ヒドロシンナミル基、α-メチルベンジル基、α-クミル基、1-ナフチルメチル基、2-ナフチルメチル基等が挙げられる。 An aralkyl group means an alkyl group substituted with one or more (preferably one) aryl group. The number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified. Examples of aralkyl groups include benzyl, phenethyl, hydrocinnamyl, α-methylbenzyl, α-cumyl, 1-naphthylmethyl and 2-naphthylmethyl groups.
 アルキル置換アリール基とは、1個又は2個以上のアルキル基で置換されたアリール基を意味する。アルキル置換アリール基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、7~19が好ましく、7~11が特に好ましい。アルキル置換アリール基としては、例えば、4-メチルフェニル基、3-メチルフェニル基、2-メチルフェニル基、2,4-ジメチルフェニル基、3,5-ジメチルフェニル基、2,4,6-トリメチルフェニル基、4-エチルフェニル基、3-エチルフェニル基、2-エチルフェニル基等が挙げられる。 An alkyl-substituted aryl group means an aryl group substituted with one or more alkyl groups. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl-substituted aryl group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified. Examples of alkyl-substituted aryl groups include 4-methylphenyl group, 3-methylphenyl group, 2-methylphenyl group, 2,4-dimethylphenyl group, 3,5-dimethylphenyl group, 2,4,6-trimethyl phenyl group, 4-ethylphenyl group, 3-ethylphenyl group, 2-ethylphenyl group and the like.
 アルケニル置換アリール基とは、1個又は2個以上のアルケニル基で置換されたアリール基を意味する。アルケニル置換アリール基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、8~20が好ましく、8~12が特に好ましい。アルケニル置換アリール基としては、例えば、4-ビニルフェニル基、3-ビニルフェニル基、2-ビニルフェニル基、2,4-ジビニルフェニル基、3,5-ジビニルフェニル基、4-イソプロペニルフェニル基、3-イソプロペニルフェニル基、2-イソプロペニルフェニル基、4-アリルフェニル基等が挙げられる。 An alkenyl-substituted aryl group means an aryl group substituted with one or more alkenyl groups. The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyl-substituted aryl group is preferably 8-20, particularly preferably 8-12, unless otherwise specified. Examples of alkenyl-substituted aryl groups include 4-vinylphenyl group, 3-vinylphenyl group, 2-vinylphenyl group, 2,4-divinylphenyl group, 3,5-divinylphenyl group, 4-isopropenylphenyl group, 3-isopropenylphenyl group, 2-isopropenylphenyl group, 4-allylphenyl group and the like.
 アルコキシ基とは、アルキル基が酸素原子に結合してなる1価の基(すなわちRs1-O-(Rs1はアルキル基)で表される基)を意味する。アルコキシ基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、1~18が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6がさらに好ましい。アルコキシ基としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロピルオキシ基、イソプロピルオキシ基、ブチルオキシ基、イソブチルオキシ基、sec-ブチルオキシ基、tert-ブチルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 An alkoxy group means a monovalent group in which an alkyl group is bonded to an oxygen atom (that is, a group represented by R s1 --O-- (R s1 is an alkyl group)). The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group is preferably 1 to 18, more preferably 1 to 10, even more preferably 1 to 6, unless otherwise specified. Examples of alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propyloxy, isopropyloxy, butyloxy, isobutyloxy, sec-butyloxy and tert-butyloxy groups.
 アルケニルオキシ基とは、アルケニル基が酸素原子に結合してなる1価の基(すなわちRs2-O-(Rs2はアルケニル基)で表される基)を意味する。アルケニルオキシ基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、2~18が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~6がさらに好ましい。アルケニルオキシ基としては、例えば、ビニルオキシ基、プロペニルオキシ基(アリルオキシ基、1-プロペニルオキシ基、イソプロペニルオキシ基)等が挙げられる。 An alkenyloxy group means a monovalent group in which an alkenyl group is bonded to an oxygen atom (that is, a group represented by R s2 —O— (R s2 is an alkenyl group)). The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyloxy group is preferably 2 to 18, more preferably 2 to 10, even more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise specified. The alkenyloxy group includes, for example, a vinyloxy group and a propenyloxy group (allyloxy group, 1-propenyloxy group, isopropenyloxy group) and the like.
 アリールオキシ基とは、アリール基が酸素原子に結合してなる1価の基(すなわちRs3-O-(Rs3はアリール基)で表される基)を意味する。アリールオキシ基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、6~18が好ましく、6~10が特に好ましい。アリールオキシ基としては、例えば、フェノキシ基、1-ナフトキシ基、2-ナフトキシ基等が挙げられる。 An aryloxy group means a monovalent group in which an aryl group is bonded to an oxygen atom (that is, a group represented by R s3 —O— (R s3 is an aryl group)). The number of carbon atoms in the aryloxy group is preferably 6-18, particularly preferably 6-10, unless otherwise specified. The aryloxy group includes, for example, a phenoxy group, a 1-naphthoxy group, a 2-naphthoxy group and the like.
 アラルキルオキシ基とは、アラルキル基が酸素原子に結合してなる1価の基(すなわちRs4-O-(Rs4はアラルキル基)で表される基)を意味する。アラルキルオキシ基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、7~19が好ましく、7~11が特に好ましい。アラルキルオキシ基としては、例えば、ベンジルオキシ基、α-メチルベンジルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 An aralkyloxy group means a monovalent group in which an aralkyl group is bonded to an oxygen atom (that is, a group represented by R s4 --O-- (R s4 is an aralkyl group)). The number of carbon atoms in the aralkyloxy group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified. The aralkyloxy group includes, for example, benzyloxy group, α-methylbenzyloxy group and the like.
 アルキルカルボニル基とは、アルキル基がカルボニル基の一方に結合してなる1価の基(すなわちRs1-C(=O)-(Rs1はアルキル基)で表される基)を意味する。アルキルカルボニル基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、2~19が好ましく、2~11がより好ましく、2~7がさらに好ましい。アルキルカルボニル基としては、例えば、アセチル基、プロパノイル基、ブタノイル基等が挙げられる。 An alkylcarbonyl group means a monovalent group in which an alkyl group is bonded to one side of a carbonyl group (that is, a group represented by R s1 -C(=O)-(R s1 is an alkyl group)). The number of carbon atoms in the alkylcarbonyl group is preferably 2 to 19, more preferably 2 to 11, even more preferably 2 to 7, unless otherwise specified. Examples of alkylcarbonyl groups include acetyl group, propanoyl group, butanoyl group and the like.
 アルケニルカルボニル基とは、アルケニル基がカルボニル基の一方に結合してなる1価の基(すなわちRs2-C(=O)-(Rs2はアルケニル基)で表される基)を意味する。アルケニルカルボニル基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、3~19が好ましく、3~11がより好ましく、3~7がさらに好ましい。アルケニルカルボニル基としては、例えば、ビニルカルボニル基、プロペニルカルボニル基(アリルカルボニル基、1-プロペニルカルボニル基、イソプロペニルカルボニル基)等が挙げられる。 An alkenylcarbonyl group means a monovalent group in which an alkenyl group is bonded to one side of a carbonyl group (that is, a group represented by R s2 -C(=O)-(R s2 is an alkenyl group)). The number of carbon atoms in the alkenylcarbonyl group is preferably 3-19, more preferably 3-11, even more preferably 3-7, unless otherwise specified. The alkenylcarbonyl group includes, for example, a vinylcarbonyl group and a propenylcarbonyl group (allylcarbonyl group, 1-propenylcarbonyl group, isopropenylcarbonyl group) and the like.
 アリールカルボニル基とは、アリール基がカルボニル基の一方に結合してなる1価の基(すなわちRs3-C(=O)-(Rs3はアリール基)で表される基)を意味する。アリールカルボニル基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、7~19が好ましく、7~11が特に好ましい。アリールカルボニル基としては、例えば、ベンゾイル基、1-ナフトイル基、2-ナフトイル基等が挙げられる。 An arylcarbonyl group means a monovalent group in which an aryl group is bonded to one side of a carbonyl group (that is, a group represented by R s3 -C(=O)-(R s3 is an aryl group)). The number of carbon atoms in the arylcarbonyl group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified. The arylcarbonyl group includes, for example, benzoyl group, 1-naphthoyl group, 2-naphthoyl group and the like.
 アラルキルカルボニル基とは、アラルキル基がカルボニル基の一方に結合してなる1価の基(すなわちRs4-C(=O)-(Rs4はアラルキル基)で表される基)を意味する。アラルキルカルボニル基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、7~19が好ましく、7~11が特に好ましい。アラルキルカルボニル基としては、例えば、ベンジルカルボニル基、α-メチルベンジルカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 An aralkylcarbonyl group means a monovalent group in which an aralkyl group is bonded to one side of a carbonyl group (that is, a group represented by R s4 -C(=O)-(R s4 is an aralkyl group)). The number of carbon atoms in the aralkylcarbonyl group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified. The aralkylcarbonyl group includes, for example, a benzylcarbonyl group, α-methylbenzylcarbonyl group and the like.
 アルキルカルボニルオキシ基とは、アルキルカルボニル基が酸素原子に結合してなる1価の基(すなわちRs1-C(=O)-O-(Rs1はアルキル基)で表される基)を意味する。アルキルカルボニルオキシ基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、2~19が好ましく、2~11がより好ましく、2~7がさらに好ましい。アルキルカルボニルオキシ基としては、例えば、アセチルオキシ基、プロパノイルオキシ基、ブタノイルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 An alkylcarbonyloxy group means a monovalent group in which an alkylcarbonyl group is bonded to an oxygen atom (that is, a group represented by R s1 -C(=O)-O- (R s1 is an alkyl group)). do. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylcarbonyloxy group is preferably 2 to 19, more preferably 2 to 11, even more preferably 2 to 7, unless otherwise specified. The alkylcarbonyloxy group includes, for example, an acetyloxy group, a propanoyloxy group, a butanoyloxy group and the like.
 アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基とは、アルケニルカルボニル基が酸素原子に結合してなる1価の基(すなわちRs2-C(=O)-O-(Rs2はアルケニル基)で表される基)を意味する。アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、3~19が好ましく、3~11がより好ましく、3~7がさらに好ましい。アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基としては、例えば、ビニルカルボニルオキシ基、プロペニルカルボニルオキシ基(アリルカルボニルオキシ基、1-プロペニルカルボニルオキシ基、イソプロペニルカルボニルオキシ基)等が挙げられる。 An alkenylcarbonyloxy group means a monovalent group in which an alkenylcarbonyl group is bonded to an oxygen atom (that is, a group represented by R s2 -C(=O)-O- (R s2 is an alkenyl group)). do. The number of carbon atoms in the alkenylcarbonyloxy group is preferably 3 to 19, more preferably 3 to 11, even more preferably 3 to 7, unless otherwise specified. The alkenylcarbonyloxy group includes, for example, vinylcarbonyloxy group, propenylcarbonyloxy group (allylcarbonyloxy group, 1-propenylcarbonyloxy group, isopropenylcarbonyloxy group) and the like.
 アリールカルボニルオキシ基とは、アリールカルボニル基が酸素原子に結合してなる1価の基(すなわちRs3-C(=O)-O-(Rs3はアリール基)で表される基)を意味する。アリールカルボニルオキシ基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、7~19が好ましく、7~11が特に好ましい。アリールカルボニルオキシ基としては、例えば、ベンゾイルオキシ基、1-ナフトイルオキシ基、2-ナフトイルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 An arylcarbonyloxy group means a monovalent group in which an arylcarbonyl group is bonded to an oxygen atom (that is, a group represented by R s3 -C(=O)-O- (R s3 is an aryl group)). do. The number of carbon atoms in the arylcarbonyloxy group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified. The arylcarbonyloxy group includes, for example, benzoyloxy group, 1-naphthoyloxy group, 2-naphthoyloxy group and the like.
 アラルキルカルボニルオキシ基とは、アラルキルカルボニル基が酸素原子に結合してなる1価の基(すなわちRs4-C(=O)-O-(Rs4はアラルキル基)で表される基)を意味する。アラルキルカルボニル基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、7~19が好ましく、7~11が特に好ましい。アラルキルカルボニルオキシ基としては、例えば、ベンジルカルボニルオキシ基、α-メチルベンジルカルボニルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 An aralkylcarbonyloxy group means a monovalent group in which an aralkylcarbonyl group is bonded to an oxygen atom (that is, a group represented by R s4 -C(=O)-O- (R s4 is an aralkyl group)). do. The number of carbon atoms in the aralkylcarbonyl group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified. The aralkylcarbonyloxy group includes, for example, a benzylcarbonyloxy group, an α-methylbenzylcarbonyloxy group and the like.
 アルコキシカルボニル基とは、アルコキシ基がカルボニル基の一方に結合してなる1価の基(すなわちRs1-O-C(=O)-(Rs1はアルキル基)で表される基)を意味する。アルコキシカルボニル基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、2~19が好ましく、2~11がより好ましく、2~7がさらに好ましい。アルコキシカルボニル基としては、例えば、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基、プロポキシカルボニル基、イソプロポキシカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 An alkoxycarbonyl group means a monovalent group in which an alkoxy group is bonded to one side of a carbonyl group (that is, a group represented by R s1 -OC(=O)-(R s1 is an alkyl group)). do. The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably 2 to 19, more preferably 2 to 11, even more preferably 2 to 7, unless otherwise specified. The alkoxycarbonyl group includes, for example, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, a propoxycarbonyl group, an isopropoxycarbonyl group and the like.
 アルケニルオキシカルボニル基とは、アルケニルオキシ基がカルボニル基の一方に結合してなる1価の基(すなわちRs2-O-C(=O)-(Rs2はアルケニル基)で表される基)を意味する。アルケニルオキシカルボニル基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、3~19が好ましく、3~11がより好ましく、3~7がさらに好ましい。アルケニルオキシカルボニル基としては、例えば、ビニルオキシカルボニル基、プロペニルオキシカルボニル基(アリルオキシカルボニル基、1-プロペニルオキシカルボニル基、イソプロペニルオキシカルボニル基)等が挙げられる。 An alkenyloxycarbonyl group is a monovalent group in which an alkenyloxy group is bonded to one side of a carbonyl group (that is, a group represented by R s2 —O—C(═O)—(R s2 is an alkenyl group)). means The number of carbon atoms in the alkenyloxycarbonyl group is preferably 3-19, more preferably 3-11, even more preferably 3-7, unless otherwise specified. Examples of alkenyloxycarbonyl groups include vinyloxycarbonyl groups and propenyloxycarbonyl groups (allyloxycarbonyl groups, 1-propenyloxycarbonyl groups, isopropenyloxycarbonyl groups) and the like.
 アリールオキシカルボニル基とは、アリールオキシ基がカルボニル基の一方に結合してなる1価の基(すなわちRs3-O-C(=O)-(Rs3はアリール基)で表される基)を意味する。アリールオキシカルボニル基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、7~19が好ましく、7~11が特に好ましい。アリールオキシカルボニル基としては、例えば、フェノキシカルボニル基、1-ナフトキシカルボニル基、2-ナフトキシカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 An aryloxycarbonyl group is a monovalent group in which an aryloxy group is bonded to one side of a carbonyl group (that is, a group represented by R s3 —O—C(=O)—(R s3 is an aryl group)). means The number of carbon atoms in the aryloxycarbonyl group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified. The aryloxycarbonyl group includes, for example, a phenoxycarbonyl group, a 1-naphthoxycarbonyl group, a 2-naphthoxycarbonyl group and the like.
 アラルキルオキシカルボニル基とは、アラルキルオキシ基がカルボニル基の一方に結合してなる1価の基(すなわちRs4-O-C(=O)-(Rs4はアラルキル基)で表される基)を意味する。アラルキルカルボニル基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、7~19が好ましく、7~11が特に好ましい。アラルキルオキシカルボニル基としては、例えば、ベンジルオキシカルボニル基、α-メチルベンジルオキシカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 An aralkyloxycarbonyl group is a monovalent group in which an aralkyloxy group is bonded to one side of a carbonyl group (that is, a group represented by R s4 —O—C(=O)—(R s4 is an aralkyl group)). means The number of carbon atoms in the aralkylcarbonyl group is preferably 7-19, particularly preferably 7-11, unless otherwise specified. The aralkyloxycarbonyl group includes, for example, a benzyloxycarbonyl group, an α-methylbenzyloxycarbonyl group and the like.
 アルキルアミノ基とは、アルキル基でモノ置換されたアミノ基(すなわちRs1-NH-(Rs1はアルキル基)で表される基)を意味する。アルキルアミノ基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、1~18が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6がさらに好ましい。アルキルアミノ基としては、例えば、N-メチルアミノ基、N-エチルアミノ基、N-プロピルアミノ基等が挙げられる。ジ(アルキル)アミノ基とは、アルキル基でジ置換されたアミノ基(すなわち(Rs1-)N-(Rs1は独立してアルキル基)で表される基)を意味する。ジ(アルキル)アミノ基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、2~18が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~6がさらに好ましい。ジ(アルキル)アミノ基としては、例えば、N,N-ジメチルアミノ基、N,N-ジエチルアミノ基、N-エチル-N-メチルアミノ基、N,N-ジプロピルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 An alkylamino group means an amino group mono-substituted with an alkyl group (that is, a group represented by R s1 —NH— (R s1 is an alkyl group)). The number of carbon atoms in the alkylamino group is preferably 1-18, more preferably 1-10, and even more preferably 1-6, unless otherwise specified. The alkylamino group includes, for example, N-methylamino group, N-ethylamino group, N-propylamino group and the like. A di(alkyl)amino group means an amino group di-substituted with an alkyl group (that is, a group represented by (R s1 —) 2 N—(R s1 is independently an alkyl group)). The number of carbon atoms in the di(alkyl)amino group is preferably 2 to 18, more preferably 2 to 10, even more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise specified. The di(alkyl)amino group includes, for example, N,N-dimethylamino group, N,N-diethylamino group, N-ethyl-N-methylamino group, N,N-dipropylamino group and the like.
 アルケニルアミノ基とは、アルケニル基でモノ置換されたアミノ基(すなわちRs2-NH-(Rs2はアルケニル基)で表される基)を意味する。アルケニルアミノ基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、2~19が好ましく、2~11がより好ましく、2~7がさらに好ましい。アルケニルアミノ基としては、例えば、N-ビニルアミノ基、N-アリルアミノ基等が挙げられる。アルキルアルケニルアミノ基とは、アルキル基及びアルケニル基の両方で置換されたアミノ基(すなわち(Rs1-)(Rs2-)N-(Rs1はアルキル基、Rs2はアルケニル基)で表される基)を意味する。アルキルアルケニルアミノ基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、3~19が好ましく、3~11がより好ましく、3~7がさらに好ましい。アルキルアルケニルアミノ基としては、例えば、N-メチル-N-ビニルアミノ基、N-アリル-N-メチルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 An alkenylamino group means an amino group mono-substituted with an alkenyl group (that is, a group represented by R s2 —NH— (R s2 is an alkenyl group)). The number of carbon atoms in the alkenylamino group is preferably 2 to 19, more preferably 2 to 11, even more preferably 2 to 7, unless otherwise specified. Examples of alkenylamino groups include N-vinylamino groups and N-allylamino groups. The alkylalkenylamino group is an amino group substituted with both an alkyl group and an alkenyl group (that is, (R s1 -) (R s2 -) N- (R s1 is an alkyl group and R s2 is an alkenyl group). group). The number of carbon atoms in the alkylalkenylamino group is preferably 3 to 19, more preferably 3 to 11, even more preferably 3 to 7, unless otherwise specified. The alkylalkenylamino group includes, for example, N-methyl-N-vinylamino group, N-allyl-N-methylamino group and the like.
 アルキルカルボニルアミノ基とは、アルキルカルボニル基でモノ置換されたアミノ基(すなわちRs1-C(=O)-NH-(Rs1はアルキル基)で表される基)を意味する。アルキルカルボニルアミノ基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、2~19が好ましく、2~11がより好ましく、2~7がさらに好ましい。アルキルカルボニルアミノ基としては、例えば、N-アセチルアミノ基、N-プロパノイルアミノ基、N-ブタノイルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 An alkylcarbonylamino group means an amino group monosubstituted with an alkylcarbonyl group (that is, a group represented by R s1 -C(=O)-NH- (R s1 is an alkyl group)). The number of carbon atoms in the alkylcarbonylamino group is preferably 2 to 19, more preferably 2 to 11, even more preferably 2 to 7, unless otherwise specified. The alkylcarbonylamino group includes, for example, N-acetylamino group, N-propanoylamino group, N-butanoylamino group and the like.
 アルケニルカルボニルアミノ基とは、アルケニルカルボニル基でモノ置換されたアミノ基(すなわちRs2-C(=O)-NH-(Rs2はアルケニル基)で表される基)を意味する。アルケニルカルボニルアミノ基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、3~20が好ましく、2~11がより好ましく、2~7がさらに好ましい。アルケニルカルボニルアミノ基としては、例えば、N-ビニルカルボニルアミノ基、N-アリルカルボニルアミノ基、N-(1-プロペニルカルボニル)アミノ基、N-イソプロペニルカルボニルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 An alkenylcarbonylamino group means an amino group mono-substituted with an alkenylcarbonyl group (that is, a group represented by R s2 -C(=O)-NH- (R s2 is an alkenyl group)). The number of carbon atoms in the alkenylcarbonylamino group is preferably 3-20, more preferably 2-11, even more preferably 2-7, unless otherwise specified. Examples of alkenylcarbonylamino groups include N-vinylcarbonylamino group, N-allylcarbonylamino group, N-(1-propenylcarbonyl)amino group, N-isopropenylcarbonylamino group and the like.
 アルキルカルバモイル基とは、アルキル基でモノ置換されたカルバモイル基(すなわちRs1-NH-C(=O)-(Rs1はアルキル基)で表される基)を意味する。アルキルカルバモイル基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、2~19が好ましく、2~11がより好ましく、2~7がさらに好ましい。アルキルカルバモイル基としては、例えば、N-メチルカルバモイル基、N-エチルカルバモイル基、N-プロピルカルバモイル基等が挙げられる。 An alkylcarbamoyl group means a carbamoyl group mono-substituted with an alkyl group (that is, a group represented by R s1 —NH—C(═O)—(R s1 is an alkyl group)). The number of carbon atoms in the alkylcarbamoyl group is preferably 2 to 19, more preferably 2 to 11, even more preferably 2 to 7, unless otherwise specified. The alkylcarbamoyl group includes, for example, N-methylcarbamoyl group, N-ethylcarbamoyl group, N-propylcarbamoyl group and the like.
 アルケニルカルバモイル基とは、アルケニル基でモノ置換されたカルバモイル基(すなわちRs2-NH-C(=O)-(Rs2はアルケニル基)で表される基)を意味する。アルケニルカルバモイル基の炭素数は、特に指定がない限り、3~20が好ましく、3~12がより好ましく、3~8がさらに好ましい。アルケニルカルバモイル基としては、例えば、N-ビニルカルバモイル基、N-アリルカルバモイル基等が挙げられる。 An alkenylcarbamoyl group means a carbamoyl group mono-substituted with an alkenyl group (that is, a group represented by R s2 —NH—C(═O)—(R s2 is an alkenyl group)). The number of carbon atoms in the alkenylcarbamoyl group is preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 12, even more preferably 3 to 8, unless otherwise specified. Examples of alkenylcarbamoyl groups include N-vinylcarbamoyl groups and N-allylcarbamoyl groups.
 非芳香環とは、環全体に芳香族性を有する芳香環以外の環を意味する。非芳香環は、炭素原子のみを環構成原子とする非芳香族炭素環、又は環構成原子として、炭素原子に加えて、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子等のヘテロ原子を有する非芳香族複素環であり得る。非芳香環は、単環式の非芳香環であっても、多環式の非芳香環であってもよく、一部に芳香環が縮合して部分的に芳香族性を有する縮合環も含む。非芳香環は、単結合のみからなる飽和環であっても、単結合に加えて二重結合を有する不飽和環であってもよい。非芳香環は、3~21員の非芳香環が好ましく、4~18員の非芳香環がより好ましく、5~14員の非芳香環がさらに好ましい。 A non-aromatic ring means a ring other than an aromatic ring having aromaticity throughout the ring. A non-aromatic ring is a non-aromatic carbocyclic ring having only carbon atoms as ring-constituting atoms, or a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring having heteroatoms such as oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur atoms in addition to carbon atoms as ring-constituting atoms. It can be a ring. The non-aromatic ring may be a monocyclic non-aromatic ring or a polycyclic non-aromatic ring, and a partially aromatic condensed ring obtained by partially condensing an aromatic ring may also be used. include. The non-aromatic ring may be a saturated ring consisting only of a single bond, or an unsaturated ring having a double bond in addition to the single bond. The non-aromatic ring is preferably a 3- to 21-membered non-aromatic ring, more preferably a 4- to 18-membered non-aromatic ring, and even more preferably a 5- to 14-membered non-aromatic ring.
 R及びRが形成する「置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環」における「非芳香環」の好適な具体例としては、シクロブタン環、シクロペンタン環、シクロヘキサン環、シクロヘプタン環、シクロオクタン環、シクロノナン環、シクロデカン環、シクロウンデカン環、シクロドデカン環、シクロペンテン環、シクロペンタジエン環、シクロヘキセン環、1,3-シクロヘキサジエン環、1,4-シクロヘキサジエン環等の単環式の非芳香族炭素環;1,3-ジオキサン環、1,3-ジオキソラン環、テトラヒドロピラン環、テトラヒドロフラン環、2,3-ジヒドロ-2H-ピラン環、4,5-ジヒドロ-2H-ピラン環、2H-ピラン環、4H-ピラン環、2,3-ジヒドロフラン環、2,5-ジヒドロフラン環等の単環式の非芳香族複素環等が挙げられる。 Suitable specific examples of the "non-aromatic ring" in the "optionally substituted non-aromatic ring" formed by R 1 and R 2 include a cyclobutane ring, a cyclopentane ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cycloheptane ring, monocyclic nonane rings such as cyclooctane ring, cyclononane ring, cyclodecane ring, cycloundecane ring, cyclododecane ring, cyclopentene ring, cyclopentadiene ring, cyclohexene ring, 1,3-cyclohexadiene ring, and 1,4-cyclohexadiene ring; aromatic carbocyclic ring; 1,3-dioxane ring, 1,3-dioxolane ring, tetrahydropyran ring, tetrahydrofuran ring, 2,3-dihydro-2H-pyran ring, 4,5-dihydro-2H-pyran ring, 2H- Examples include monocyclic non-aromatic heterocycles such as pyran ring, 4H-pyran ring, 2,3-dihydrofuran ring, and 2,5-dihydrofuran ring.
 R及びRが「置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環」を形成している場合、式(A): When R 1 and R 2 form an "optionally substituted non-aromatic ring", formula (A):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
[式中、各記号は、上記の通り。]
で表される部分構造は、一実施形態において、式(AA1)~(AA10):
[In the formula, each symbol is as described above. ]
In one embodiment, the partial structure represented by formulas (AA1) to (AA10):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
[式中、
 A及びAは、それぞれ独立して、-CO-又は-CR-を示し;
 B及びBは、それぞれ独立して、-O-、-NR-又は-CR-を示し;
 Cは、-O-又は-NR-を示し;
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は置換基を示し、隣り合う炭素原子に結合した2個のRが一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香環を形成していてもよく、同一炭素原子に結合したR及びRが一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよい;
 Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を示す。]
で表される構造であることが好ましく;式(AA1)又は(AA3)で表される構造であることがより好ましく;式(Aa1)~(Aa5):
[In the formula,
A 1 and A 2 each independently represent -CO- or -CR a R b -;
B 1 and B 2 each independently represent -O-, -NR c - or -CR a R b -;
C 1 represents -O- or -NR c -;
R a and R b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and two R a bonded to adjacent carbon atoms are bonded together and optionally have a substituent An aromatic ring or an optionally substituted aromatic ring may be formed, and R a and R b bonded to the same carbon atom may be bonded together and may have a substituent. may form a good non-aromatic ring;
R c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group . ]
It is preferably a structure represented by; more preferably a structure represented by formula (AA1) or (AA3); formulas (Aa1) to (Aa5):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
[式中、各記号は、上記の通り。]
で表される構造であることが特に好ましい。
[In the formula, each symbol is as described above. ]
The structure represented by is particularly preferred.
 A及びAは、それぞれ独立して、-CO-又は-CR-を示し;一実施形態において、好ましくは、-CR-である。 A 1 and A 2 each independently represent -CO- or -CR a R b -; in one embodiment, they are preferably -CR a R b -.
 B及びBは、それぞれ独立して、-O-、-NR-又は-CR-を示し;一実施形態において、好ましくは、-O-又は-CR-である。 B 1 and B 2 each independently represent -O-, -NR c - or -CR a R b -; in one embodiment, they are preferably -O- or -CR a R b - .
 Cは、-O-又は-NR-を示し;一実施形態において、好ましくは、-O-である。 C 1 denotes -O- or -NR c -; in one embodiment it is preferably -O-.
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又は置換基を示し、隣り合う炭素原子に結合した2個のRが一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環、又は置換基を有していてもよい芳香環を形成していてもよく、同一炭素原子に結合したR及びRが一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよい。 R a and R b each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and two R a bonded to adjacent carbon atoms are bonded together and optionally have a substituent An aromatic ring or an optionally substituted aromatic ring may be formed, and R a and R b bonded to the same carbon atom may be bonded together and may have a substituent. may form a good non-aromatic ring.
 R及びR又は2個のRが形成する「置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環」における「非芳香環」の好適な具体例としては、例えば、シクロブタン環、シクロペンタン環、シクロヘキサン環、シクロヘプタン環、シクロオクタン環、シクロノナン環、シクロデカン環、シクロウンデカン環、シクロドデカン環等の単環系の非芳香族飽和炭素環;ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプタン環(ノルボルナン環)、ビシクロ[4.4.0]デカン環(デカリン環)、ビシクロ[5.3.0]デカン環、ビシクロ[4.3.0]ノナン環(ヒドリンダン環)、ビシクロ[3.2.1]オクタン環、ビシクロ[5.4.0]ウンデカン環、ビシクロ[3.3.0]オクタン環、ビシクロ[3.3.1]ノナン環、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン環(テトラヒドロジシクロペンタジエン環)、トリシクロ[3.3.1.13,7]デカン環(アダマンタン環)、トリシクロ[6.2.1.02,7]ウンデカン環等の二環系以上の非芳香族飽和炭素環;インダン環、インデン環、テトラリン環、1,2-ジヒドロナフタレン環、1,4-ジヒドロナフタレン環、フルオレン環、9,10-ジヒドロアントラセン環、9,10-ジヒドロフェナントレン環等の一部に芳香環(ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環等)が縮合した非芳香族炭素環等が挙げられる。 Preferred specific examples of the "non-aromatic ring" in the "optionally substituted non-aromatic ring" formed by R a and R b or two R a are, for example, a cyclobutane ring and a cyclopentane ring. , cyclohexane ring, cycloheptane ring, cyclooctane ring, cyclononane ring, cyclodecane ring, cycloundecane ring, cyclododecane ring and other monocyclic non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic rings; bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane ring (norbornane ring), bicyclo[4.4.0]decane ring (decane ring), bicyclo[5.3.0]decane ring, bicyclo[4.3.0]nonane ring (hydrindane ring), bicyclo[3.2. 1] octane ring, bicyclo[5.4.0]undecane ring, bicyclo[3.3.0]octane ring, bicyclo[3.3.1]nonane ring, tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ] Decane ring (tetrahydrodicyclopentadiene ring), tricyclo[3.3.1.1 3,7 ]decane ring (adamantane ring), tricyclo[6.2.1.0 2,7 ]undecane ring and other bicyclic rings non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring having a system or higher; A non-aromatic carbocyclic ring in which an aromatic ring (benzene ring, naphthalene ring, etc.) is partially condensed, such as a dihydrophenanthrene ring.
 R及びRが示す「置換基」及び2個のRが形成する「置換基を有していてもよい芳香環」における「置換基」としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子、-NO、-CN、-COH、-OH、-SH、-NH、-COOH、-R、-COR、-OR、-SR、-SOR、-SO、-NHR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、-NHCOR等の1価の置換基が挙げられる(Rは上記の通り)。 The "substituent" represented by R a and R b and the "substituent" in the "optionally substituted aromatic ring" formed by two R a are not particularly limited, For example, halogen atoms, -NO 2 , -CN, -COH, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , -COOH, -R x , -COR x , -OR x , -SR x , -SOR x , -SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x and other monovalent substituents (R x is as above).
 R及びR又は2個のRが形成する「置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環」における「置換基」としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子、-NO、-CN、-COH、-OH、-SH、-NH、-COOH、-R、-COR、-OR、-SR、-SOR、-SO、-NHR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、-NHCOR、=O等の1価の置換基又は2価の置換基が挙げられる(Rは上記の通り)。 The "substituent" in the "optionally substituted non-aromatic ring" formed by R a and R b or two R a is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include halogen atoms, —NO 2 , —CN, —COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R x , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , — monovalent substituents such as NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x , ═O, or two valent substituents (R x is as described above).
 芳香環とは、環上のπ電子系に含まれる電子数が4p+2個(pは自然数)であるヒュッケル則に従う環を意味する。芳香環は、炭素原子のみを環構成原子とする芳香族炭素環、又は環構成原子として、炭素原子に加えて、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子等のヘテロ原子を有する芳香族複素環であり得る。芳香環は、単環式の芳香環であっても、多環式の芳香環であってもよい。芳香環は、一実施形態において、5~14員の芳香環が好ましく、6~14員の芳香環がより好ましく、6~10員の芳香環がさらに好ましい。 An aromatic ring means a ring that follows Huckel's rule and has 4p+2 electrons (p is a natural number) in the π electron system on the ring. The aromatic ring is an aromatic carbocyclic ring having only carbon atoms as ring-constituting atoms, or an aromatic heterocyclic ring having a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, or a sulfur atom in addition to a carbon atom as a ring-constituting atom. obtain. The aromatic ring may be a monocyclic aromatic ring or a polycyclic aromatic ring. In one embodiment, the aromatic ring is preferably a 5- to 14-membered aromatic ring, more preferably a 6- to 14-membered aromatic ring, and even more preferably a 6- to 10-membered aromatic ring.
 2個のRが形成する「置換基を有していてもよい芳香環」における「芳香環」としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環等が挙げられる。 Examples of the "aromatic ring" in the "optionally substituted aromatic ring" formed by two R a include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, and phenanthrene ring.
 R及びRは、一実施形態において、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アラルキルオキシ基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルケニルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アラルキルカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、アリールカルボニルオキシ基、アラルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アルケニルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、又はアラルキルオキシカルボニル基であり;より好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、又はアラルキルオキシ基であり;さらに好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、又はアルケニル置換アリール基であり;特に好ましくは、水素原子、又はアルキル基である。 R a and R b are, in one embodiment, each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl substituted aryl group, alkoxy group, alkenyloxy group, aryloxy group, aralkyloxy group, alkylcarbonyl group, alkenylcarbonyl group, arylcarbonyl group, aralkylcarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, alkenylcarbonyloxy group, arylcarbonyloxy group, an aralkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an alkenyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, or an aralkyloxycarbonyl group; more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or an alkyl-substituted aryl , an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group, or an aralkyloxy group; more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, or It is an alkenyl-substituted aryl group; particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
 Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を示す。 R c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group .
 Rが示す「置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基」における「置換基」及びRが示す「置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基」における「置換基」としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子、-NO、-CN、-COH、-OH、-SH、-NH、-COOH、-R、-COR、-OR、-SR、-SOR、-SO、-NHR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、-NHCOR等の1価の置換基が挙げられる(Rは上記の通り)。 The “substituent” in the “alkyl group optionally having substituents” represented by R c and the “substituent” in the “alkenyl group optionally having substituents” represented by R c are particularly limited For example, halogen atoms, -NO 2 , -CN, -COH, -OH, -SH, -NH 2 , -COOH, -R y , -COR x , -OR x , -SR x , -SOR x , -SO 2 R x , -NHR x , -N(R x ) 2 , -COOR x , -OCOR x , -CONH 2 , -CONHR x , -CON(R x ) 2 , -NHCOR x (R x is as described above).
 Rは、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、アリール基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アラルキルオキシ基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルケニルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アラルキルカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、アリールカルボニルオキシ基、アラルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アルケニルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アラルキルオキシカルボニル基、アルキルアミノ基、ジ(アルキル)アミノ基、アルケニルアミノ基、アルキルアルケニルアミノ基、アルキルカルボニルアミノ基、アルケニルカルボニルアミノ基、アルキルカルバモイル基、及びアルケニルカルバモイル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアリール基である。 R y is a halogen atom, a nitro group, a cyano group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an aryl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group, an aralkyloxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group; , alkenylcarbonyl group, arylcarbonyl group, aralkylcarbonyl group, alkylcarbonyloxy group, alkenylcarbonyloxy group, arylcarbonyloxy group, aralkylcarbonyloxy group, alkyloxycarbonyl group, alkenyloxycarbonyl group, aryloxycarbonyl group, aralkyloxy substituted with a group selected from a carbonyl group, an alkylamino group, a di(alkyl)amino group, an alkenylamino group, an alkylalkenylamino group, an alkylcarbonylamino group, an alkenylcarbonylamino group, an alkylcarbamoyl group, and an alkenylcarbamoyl group; is a good aryl group.
 Rが示す「置換基を有していてもよいアリール基」における「置換基」としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子、-NO、-CN、-COH、-OH、-SH、-NH、-COOH、-R、-COR、-OR、-SR、-SOR、-SO、-NHR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、-NHCOR等の1価の置換基が挙げられる(Rは上記の通り)。 The “substituent” in the “optionally substituted aryl group” represented by R c is not particularly limited, but examples include a halogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —COH, — OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R x , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , Monovalent substituents such as —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 and —NHCOR x (R x is as described above).
 Rは、一実施形態において、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、又はアルケニル置換アリール基であり;特に好ましくは、水素原子、又はアルキル基である。 In one embodiment, each R c is independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, or an alkenyl-substituted aryl group; an atom or an alkyl group.
 R及びRが「置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環」を形成していない場合、式(A): When R 1 and R 2 do not form an “optionally substituted non-aromatic ring”, formula (A):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
[式中、各記号は、上記の通り。]
で表される部分構造は、一実施形態において、式(Ab1)~(Ab10):
[In the formula, each symbol is as described above. ]
In one embodiment, the partial structure represented by formulas (Ab1) to (Ab10):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
[式中、各記号は、上記の通り。]
で表される構造であることが特に好ましい。
[In the formula, each symbol is as described above. ]
The structure represented by is particularly preferred.
 Rは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を示す。 Each R independently represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group.
 Rが示す「置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基」における「置換基」及びRが示す「置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基」における「置換基」としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子、-NO、-CN、-COH、-OH、-SH、-NH、-COOH、-R、-COR、-OR、-SR、-SOR、-SO、-NHR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、-NHCOR等の1価の置換基が挙げられる(R及びRは上記の通り)。 The “substituent” in the “alkyl group optionally having substituents” represented by R and the “substituent” in the “alkenyl group optionally having substituents” represented by R are particularly limited for example, halogen atoms, —NO 2 , —CN, —COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R y , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , — SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x, etc. Monovalent substituents are included (R x and R y are as described above).
 Rが示す「置換基を有していてもよいアリール基」における「置換基」としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子、-NO、-CN、-COH、-OH、-SH、-NH、-COOH、-R、-COR、-OR、-SR、-SOR、-SO、-NHR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、-NHCOR等の1価の置換基が挙げられる(Rは上記の通り)。 The "substituent" in the "optionally substituted aryl group" represented by R is not particularly limited, but examples include a halogen atom, -NO 2 , -CN, -COH, -OH , —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R x , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , — Monovalent substituents such as COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 and —NHCOR x (R x is as described above).
 Rは、一実施形態において、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは、
 (1)ハロゲン原子、-NO、-CN、-COH、-OH、-NH、-COOH、-R、-COR、-OR、-NHR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、及び-NHCORから選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアルキル基;
 (2)ハロゲン原子、-NO、-CN、-COH、-OH、-NH、-COOH、-R、-COR、-OR、-NHR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、及び-NHCORから選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアルケニル基;又は
 (3)ハロゲン原子、-NO、-CN、-COH、-OH、-NH、-COOH、-R、-COR、-OR、-NHR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、及び-NHCORから選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアリール基である(R及びRは上記の通り)。
In one embodiment, each R is independently preferably
(1) halogen atoms, -NO 2 , -CN, -COH, -OH, -NH 2 , -COOH, -R y , -COR x , -OR x , -NHR x , -N(R x ) 2 , an alkyl group optionally substituted with a group selected from -COOR x , -OCOR x , -CONH 2 , -CONHR x , -CON(R x ) 2 and -NHCOR x ;
(2) halogen atoms, —NO 2 , —CN, —COH, —OH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R y , —COR x , —OR x , —NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , and —NHCOR x an alkenyl group optionally substituted with a group selected from; or (3) a halogen atom, — NO 2 , —CN, —COH, —OH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R x , —COR x , —OR x , —NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , and —NHCOR x (R x and R y are as described above) optionally substituted with a group selected from —NHCOR x .
 Rは、一実施形態において、それぞれ独立して、より好ましくは、
 (1)-R、-COR、-OR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、及び-NHCORから選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアルキル基;
 (2)-R、-COR、-OR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、及び-NHCORから選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアルケニル基;又は
 (3)-R、-COR、-OR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、及び-NHCORから選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアリール基である(R及びRは上記の通り)。
In one embodiment, each R is, more preferably, independently
(1) -R y , -COR x , -OR x , -N(R x ) 2 , -COOR x , -OCOR x , -CONH 2 , -CONHR x , -CON(R x ) 2 , and -NHCOR an alkyl group optionally substituted with a group selected from x ;
(2) -R y , -COR x , -OR x , -N(R x ) 2 , -COOR x , -OCOR x , -CONH 2 , -CONHR x , -CON(R x ) 2 , and -NHCOR an alkenyl group optionally substituted with a group selected from x ; or (3) -R x , -COR x , -OR x , -N(R x ) 2 , -COOR x , -OCOR x , -CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , and —NHCOR x (R x and R y are as described above) optionally substituted with a group selected from —NHCOR x .
 Rは、一実施形態において、それぞれ独立して、さらに好ましくは、
 (1)(a)アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルケニルカルボニル基、及びジ(アルキル)アミノ基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアリール基、(b)アルコキシ基、(c)アルケニルオキシ基、(d)アルキルカルボニル基、(e)アルケニルカルボニル基、(f)アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、(g)アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、(h)アルキルオキシカルボニル基、(i)アルケニルオキシカルボニル基、(j)ジ(アルキル)アミノ基、(k)アルキルカルボニルアミノ基、(l)アルケニルカルボニルアミノ基、(m)アルキルカルバモイル基、及び(n)アルケニルカルバモイル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアルキル基;
 (2)(a)アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルケニルカルボニル基、及びジ(アルキル)アミノ基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアリール基、(b)アルコキシ基、(c)アルケニルオキシ基、(d)アルキルカルボニル基、(e)アルケニルカルボニル基、(f)アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、(g)アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、(h)アルキルオキシカルボニル基、(i)アルケニルオキシカルボニル基、(j)ジ(アルキル)アミノ基、(k)アルキルカルボニルアミノ基、(l)アルケニルカルボニルアミノ基、(m)アルキルカルバモイル基、及び(n)アルケニルカルバモイル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアルケニル基;又は
 (3)(a)アルキル基、及びアルケニル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアリール基、(b)アルキル基、(c)アルケニル基、(d)アルコキシ基、(e)アルケニルオキシ基、(f)アルキルカルボニル基、(g)アルケニルカルボニル基、(h)アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、(i)アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、(j)アルキルオキシカルボニル基、(k)アルケニルオキシカルボニル基、(l)ジ(アルキル)アミノ基、(m)アルキルカルボニルアミノ基、(n)アルケニルカルボニルアミノ基、(o)アルキルカルバモイル基、及び(p)アルケニルカルバモイル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアリール基
である。
In one embodiment, R are each independently more preferably
(1) (a) an aryl group optionally substituted with a group selected from an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkenylcarbonyl group, and a di(alkyl)amino group; ) alkoxy group, (c) alkenyloxy group, (d) alkylcarbonyl group, (e) alkenylcarbonyl group, (f) alkylcarbonyloxy group, (g) alkenylcarbonyloxy group, (h) alkyloxycarbonyl group, ( i) alkenyloxycarbonyl group, (j) di(alkyl)amino group, (k) alkylcarbonylamino group, (l) alkenylcarbonylamino group, (m) alkylcarbamoyl group, and (n) alkenylcarbamoyl group an alkyl group optionally substituted with a group;
(2) (a) an aryl group optionally substituted with a group selected from an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkenylcarbonyl group, and a di(alkyl)amino group; ) alkoxy group, (c) alkenyloxy group, (d) alkylcarbonyl group, (e) alkenylcarbonyl group, (f) alkylcarbonyloxy group, (g) alkenylcarbonyloxy group, (h) alkyloxycarbonyl group, ( i) alkenyloxycarbonyl group, (j) di(alkyl)amino group, (k) alkylcarbonylamino group, (l) alkenylcarbonylamino group, (m) alkylcarbamoyl group, and (n) alkenylcarbamoyl group or (3) an aryl group optionally substituted by a group selected from (a) an alkyl group and an alkenyl group, (b) an alkyl group, (c) an alkenyl group, (d) alkoxy group, (e) alkenyloxy group, (f) alkylcarbonyl group, (g) alkenylcarbonyl group, (h) alkylcarbonyloxy group, (i) alkenylcarbonyloxy group, (j) alkyloxycarbonyl group , (k) an alkenyloxycarbonyl group, (l) a di(alkyl)amino group, (m) an alkylcarbonylamino group, (n) an alkenylcarbonylamino group, (o) an alkylcarbamoyl group, and (p) an alkenylcarbamoyl group It is an aryl group optionally substituted with a selected group.
 Rは、一実施形態において、それぞれ独立して、特に好ましくは、
 (1)(a)アリール基、(b)アルコキシ基、(c)アルケニルオキシ基、(d)アルキルカルボニル基、(e)アルケニルカルボニル基、(f)アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、(g)アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、(h)アルキルオキシカルボニル基、及び(i)アルケニルオキシカルボニル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアルキル基;
 (2)(a)アリール基、(b)アルコキシ基、(c)アルケニルオキシ基、(d)アルキルカルボニル基、(e)アルケニルカルボニル基、(f)アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、(g)アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、(h)アルキルオキシカルボニル基、及び(i)アルケニルオキシカルボニル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアルケニル基;又は
 (3)(a)アリール基、(b)アルキル基、(c)アルケニル基、(d)アルコキシ基、(e)アルケニルオキシ基、(f)アルキルカルボニル基、(g)アルケニルカルボニル基、(h)アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、(i)アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、(j)アルキルオキシカルボニル基、及び(k)アルケニルオキシカルボニル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアリール基
である。
In one embodiment, each R is independently particularly preferably
(1) (a) aryl group, (b) alkoxy group, (c) alkenyloxy group, (d) alkylcarbonyl group, (e) alkenylcarbonyl group, (f) alkylcarbonyloxy group, (g) alkenylcarbonyloxy an alkyl group optionally substituted with a group selected from a group, (h) an alkyloxycarbonyl group, and (i) an alkenyloxycarbonyl group;
(2) (a) aryl group, (b) alkoxy group, (c) alkenyloxy group, (d) alkylcarbonyl group, (e) alkenylcarbonyl group, (f) alkylcarbonyloxy group, (g) alkenylcarbonyloxy (h) an alkyloxycarbonyl group, and (i) an alkenyl group optionally substituted with a group selected from an alkenyloxycarbonyl group; or (3) (a) an aryl group, (b) an alkyl group, (c ) alkenyl group, (d) alkoxy group, (e) alkenyloxy group, (f) alkylcarbonyl group, (g) alkenylcarbonyl group, (h) alkylcarbonyloxy group, (i) alkenylcarbonyloxy group, (j) It is an aryl group optionally substituted with a group selected from an alkyloxycarbonyl group and (k) an alkenyloxycarbonyl group.
 式(A): Formula (A):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
[式中、各記号は、上記の通り。]
で表される部分構造の具体例としては、特に限定されるものではないが、式(A-1)~(A-437):
[In the formula, each symbol is as described above. ]
Specific examples of the partial structure represented by are not particularly limited, but the formulas (A-1) to (A-437):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
で表される構造が挙げられる。 The structure represented by is mentioned.
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を示す。 R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a substituent.
 R及びRが示す「置換基」としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子、-NO、-CN、-COH、-OH、-SH、-NH、-COOH、-R、-COR、-OR、-SR、-SOR、-SO、-NHR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、-NHCOR等の1価の置換基が挙げられる(Rは上記の通り)。 The “substituent” represented by R 3 and R 4 is not particularly limited, but examples include halogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH , -R x , -COR x , -OR x , -SR x , -SOR x , -SO 2 R x , -NHR x , -N(R x ) 2 , -COOR x , -OCOR x , -CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x and the like (R x is as defined above).
 R及びRは、一実施形態において、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、又はアラルキルオキシ基であり;より好ましくは、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、又はアルケニル置換アリール基であり;さらに好ましくは、アルキル基であり;さらにより好ましくは、炭素数4以上のアルキル基であり;なお一層より好ましくは、炭素数4~14のアルキル基であり;特に好ましくは、tert-ブチル基である。 R 3 and R 4 are, in one embodiment, each independently preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryl an oxy group or an aralkyloxy group; more preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, or an alkenyl-substituted aryl group; more preferably an alkyl group; Preferred are alkyl groups of 4 or more carbon atoms; even more preferred are alkyl groups of 4 to 14 carbon atoms; and particularly preferred are tert-butyl groups.
 環X及び環Xは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭素環を示す。 Ring X 1 and ring X 2 each independently represent an aromatic carbocyclic ring which may have a substituent.
 芳香族炭素環とは、環上のπ電子系に含まれる電子数が4p+2個(pは自然数)であるヒュッケル則に従う炭化水素環を意味する。芳香族炭素環は、炭素原子のみを環構成原子とする。芳香族炭素環は、単環式の芳香族炭素環であっても、多環式の縮合芳香族炭素環であってもよい。芳香族炭素環は、一実施形態において、6~18員の芳香族炭素環が好ましく、6~14員の芳香族炭素環がより好ましく、6~10員の芳香族炭素環がさらに好ましい。 "Aromatic carbocyclic ring" means a hydrocarbon ring that follows Hückel's rule and has 4p+2 electrons (p is a natural number) in the π electron system on the ring. Aromatic carbocycles have only carbon atoms as ring atoms. The aromatic carbocycle may be a monocyclic aromatic carbocycle or a polycyclic fused aromatic carbocycle. In one embodiment, the aromatic carbocyclic ring is preferably a 6- to 18-membered aromatic carbocyclic ring, more preferably a 6- to 14-membered aromatic carbocyclic ring, and even more preferably a 6- to 10-membered aromatic carbocyclic ring.
 環X及び環Xを示す「置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭素環」における「芳香族炭素環」としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、フェナントレン環等が挙げられる。 Examples of the "aromatic carbocyclic ring" in the "optionally substituted aromatic carbocyclic ring" representing ring X 1 and ring X 2 include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, and phenanthrene ring. be done.
 環X及び環Xを示す「置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭素環」における「置換基」としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子、-NO、-CN、-COH、-OH、-SH、-NH、-COOH、-R、-COR、-OR、-SR、-SOR、-SO、-NHR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、-NHCOR等の1価の置換基が挙げられる(Rは上記の通り)。 The “substituent” in the “optionally substituted aromatic carbocyclic ring” representing ring X 1 and ring X 2 is not particularly limited, but examples include halogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R x , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , — Monovalent substituents such as N(R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 and —NHCOR x (R x is the above street).
 環X及び環Xは、一実施形態において、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは、(1)アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、及びアラルキルオキシ基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいベンゼン環、又は(2)アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、及びアラルキルオキシ基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいナフタレン環であり;より好ましくは、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、及びアラルキルオキシ基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいベンゼン環であり;さらに好ましくは、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、及びアルケニル置換アリール基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいベンゼン環;特に好ましくは、アルキル基で置換されていてもよいベンゼン環である。 In one embodiment, ring X 1 and ring X 2 are each independently preferably (1) an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, Benzene ring optionally substituted with a group selected from an alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group, and an aralkyloxy group, or (2) an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group, and an aralkyloxy group; more preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl a benzene ring optionally substituted with a group selected from a substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group, and an aralkyloxy group; more preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, A benzene ring optionally substituted with a group selected from an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, and an alkenyl-substituted aryl group; particularly preferably a benzene ring optionally substituted with an alkyl group.
 Yは、単結合、又は有機基を示す。 Y represents a single bond or an organic group.
 有機基とは、特に限定されるものではないが、一実施形態において、例えば、炭素原子、酸素原子、窒素原子、及び硫黄原子から選ばれる1個以上(例えば1~100個、好ましくは1~50個、特に好ましくは1~20個)の骨格原子で構成された2価の基であり、非骨格原子は水素原子、又はハロゲン原子で構成され、直鎖構造、分岐鎖構造及び/又は環状構造を含み得、芳香環を含まない基であっても、芳香環を含む基であってもよい。有機基としては、例えば、-CR-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-等が挙げられる(ただし、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を示し、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよい。)。 The organic group is not particularly limited, but in one embodiment, for example, one or more (eg, 1 to 100, preferably 1 to 100) selected from carbon atoms, oxygen atoms, nitrogen atoms, and sulfur atoms. 50, particularly preferably 1 to 20) skeletal atoms, non-skeletal atoms are composed of hydrogen atoms or halogen atoms, and have a linear structure, a branched chain structure and / or a cyclic It may contain a structure and may be a group containing no aromatic ring or a group containing an aromatic ring. Examples of the organic group include -CR A R B -, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CONH-, -NHCO- and the like (provided that R A and R B each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group, R A and R B are bonded together, It may form a non-aromatic ring which may have a substituent.).
 aは、0、又は1を示す。 a indicates 0 or 1.
 p及びqは、それぞれ独立して、0、1、2、3、又は4を示し;一実施形態において、好ましくは、0、1、2、又は3であり;より好ましくは、0、1、又は2であり;さらに好ましくは、0、又は1であり;特に好ましくは、0である。 p and q each independently represent 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; in one embodiment, preferably 0, 1, 2, or 3; more preferably 0, 1, or 2; more preferably 0 or 1; particularly preferably 0.
 式(B): Formula (B):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
[式中、各記号は、上記の通り。]
で表される部分構造は、一実施形態において、式(Ba):
[In the formula, each symbol is as described above. ]
In one embodiment, the substructure represented by the formula (Ba):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
[式中、
 Yは、単結合、-CR-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、-CONH-、又は-NHCO-を示し;
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を示し、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよく;
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を示し;
 r及びsは、それぞれ独立して、0、1、2、3、又は4を示し;
 その他は上記の通り。]
で表される構造であることが好ましく、式(Bb):
[In the formula,
Y 1 represents a single bond, -CR A R B -, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CONH- or -NHCO-;
RA and RB each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group, and RA and RB together may be combined to form a non-aromatic ring optionally having a substituent;
R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a substituent;
r and s each independently represent 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
Others are as above. ]
It is preferably a structure represented by the formula (Bb):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
[式中、
 bは、0、又は1を示し;
 その他の記号は、上記の通り。]
で表される構造であることが特に好ましい。
[In the formula,
b represents 0 or 1;
Other symbols are as above. ]
The structure represented by is particularly preferred.
 Yは、単結合、-CR-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、-CONH-、又は-NHCO-を示し;一実施形態において、好ましくは、単結合、-CR-、又は-O-であり;より好ましくは、単結合、又は-CR-であり;特に好ましくは、-CR-である。 Y 1 represents a single bond, —CR A R B —, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, —CONH—, or —NHCO—; A single bond, -CR A R B -, or -O-; more preferably a single bond or -CR A R B -; particularly preferably -CR A R B -.
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を示し、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよい。 RA and RB each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group, and RA and RB together may combine together to form a non-aromatic ring which may have a substituent.
 R及びRが形成する「置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環」における「非芳香環」の好適な具体例としては、R及びR又は2個のRが形成する「置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環」における「非芳香環」の好適な具体例として挙げたものと同様のものが挙げられる。 Preferred specific examples of the "non-aromatic ring" in the "optionally substituted non-aromatic ring" formed by R A and R B are R a and R b or two R a Preferred specific examples of the “non-aromatic ring” in the “optionally substituted non-aromatic ring” are the same as those mentioned above.
 R及びRが示す「置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基」における「置換基」としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子、-NO、-CN、-COH、-OH、-SH、-NH、-COOH、-R、-COR、-OR、-SR、-SOR、-SO、-NHR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、-NHCOR等の1価の置換基が挙げられる(R及びRは上記の通り)。 The “substituent” in the “alkyl group optionally having substituent(s)” represented by R A and R B is not particularly limited, but examples include halogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, — COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R y , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x (R x and R y are as described above). ).
 R及びRが示す「置換基を有していてもよいアリール基」における「置換基」としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子、-NO、-CN、-COH、-OH、-SH、-NH、-COOH、-R、-COR、-OR、-SR、-SOR、-SO、-NHR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、-NHCOR等の1価の置換基が挙げられる(Rは上記の通り)。 The “substituent” in the “optionally substituted aryl group” represented by R A and R B is not particularly limited, but examples include halogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, — COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R x , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x (R x is as described above).
 R及びRが形成する「置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環」における「置換基」としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子、-NO、-CN、-COH、-OH、-SH、-NH、-COOH、-R、-COR、-OR、-SR、-SOR、-SO、-NHR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、-NHCOR、=O等の1価の置換基又は2価の置換基が挙げられる(Rは上記の通り)。 The “substituent” in the “optionally substituted non-aromatic ring” formed by R A and R B is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include halogen atoms, —NO 2 , —CN , —COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R x , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N( R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x , ═O and other monovalent or divalent substituents. (R x as above).
 R及びRは、一実施形態において、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは、(1)水素原子、(2)ハロゲン原子、アリール基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、及びアラルキルオキシ基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアルキル基、又は(3)ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、及びアラルキルオキシ基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアリール基を示し、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アラルキルオキシ基、及びオキソ基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよい。 In one embodiment, R A and R B are each independently preferably (1) a hydrogen atom, (2) a halogen atom, an aryl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy an alkyl group optionally substituted by a group selected from groups, aryloxy groups, and aralkyloxy groups, or (3) halogen atoms, alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, aryl groups, aralkyl groups, alkyl-substituted aryl groups, alkenyl-substituted represents an aryl group optionally substituted with a group selected from an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group and an aralkyloxy group, wherein R A and R B are bonded together, a halogen atom, may be substituted with a group selected from an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group, an aralkyloxy group, and an oxo group; may form a good non-aromatic ring.
 R及びRは、一実施形態において、それぞれ独立して、より好ましくは、(1)水素原子、又は(2)ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよいアルキル基を示し、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、(A)アルキル基、及びアリール基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよい単環系の非芳香族飽和炭素環、(B)アルキル基、及びアリール基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよい二環系以上の非芳香族飽和炭素環、又は(C)アルキル基、及びアリール基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよく且つ一部に芳香環(ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環等)が縮合した非芳香族炭素環を形成していてもよい。 In one embodiment, R A and R B each independently more preferably represent (1) a hydrogen atom or (2) an alkyl group optionally substituted with a halogen atom, and R A and R B are bonded together and selected from (A) a monocyclic non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring optionally substituted by a group selected from an alkyl group and an aryl group, (B) an alkyl group and an aryl group A bicyclic or higher non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring optionally substituted by a group, or (C) an alkyl group, and an aryl group optionally substituted by a group selected from an aromatic ring (benzene ring or naphthalene ring) may form a condensed non-aromatic carbocyclic ring.
 R及びRは、一実施形態において、それぞれ独立して、さらに好ましくは、水素原子、又はアルキル基を示し、且つ少なくとも一方が炭素数4以上のアルキル基であるか、或いはR及びRは一緒になって結合し、アルキル基で置換されていてもよい5員以上(好ましくは6員以上)の単環系の非芳香族飽和炭素環、又はアルキル基で置換されていてもよい6員以上の二環系以上の非芳香族飽和炭素環を形成する。 In one embodiment, R A and R B each independently represent, more preferably, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and at least one of them is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, or R A and R B are bonded together and may be substituted with a 5-membered or more (preferably 6-membered or more) monocyclic non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring optionally substituted with an alkyl group, or an alkyl group. It forms a 6- or more-membered bicyclic or higher non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring.
 R及びRは、一実施形態において、それぞれ独立して、さらにより好ましくは、水素原子、又はアルキル基を示し、且つ少なくとも一方が炭素数4~18のアルキル基であるか、或いはR及びRは一緒になって結合し、炭素数1~6のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい5~18員(好ましくは6~18員)の単環系の非芳香族飽和炭素環を形成する。 In one embodiment, R A and R B each independently represent, more preferably, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and at least one is an alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, or R A and R B are bonded together to form a 5- to 18-membered (preferably 6 to 18-membered) monocyclic non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring optionally substituted by an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; Form.
 R及びRは、一実施形態において、特に好ましくは、R及びRが一緒になって結合し、シクロドデカン環を形成する。 R A and R B are, in one embodiment, particularly preferably R A and R B joined together to form a cyclododecane ring.
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を示す。 R5 and R6 each independently represent a substituent.
 R及びRが示す「置換基」としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子、-NO、-CN、-COH、-OH、-SH、-NH、-COOH、-R、-COR、-OR、-SR、-SOR、-SO、-NHR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、-NHCOR等の1価の置換基が挙げられる(Rは上記の通り)。 The “substituent” represented by R 5 and R 6 is not particularly limited, but examples include halogen atom, —NO 2 , —CN, —COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH , -R x , -COR x , -OR x , -SR x , -SOR x , -SO 2 R x , -NHR x , -N(R x ) 2 , -COOR x , -OCOR x , -CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , —NHCOR x and the like (R x is as defined above).
 R及びRは、一実施形態において、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、又はアラルキルオキシ基であり;より好ましくは、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、又はアルケニル置換アリール基であり;さらに好ましくは、アルキル基であり;さらにより好ましくは、炭素数4以上のアルキル基であり;なお一層より好ましくは、炭素数4~18のアルキル基であり;特に好ましくは、tert-ブチル基である。 R 5 and R 6 are, in one embodiment, each independently preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryl an oxy group or an aralkyloxy group; more preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, or an alkenyl-substituted aryl group; more preferably an alkyl group; Preferred are alkyl groups of 4 or more carbon atoms; even more preferred are alkyl groups of 4 to 18 carbon atoms; and particularly preferred are tert-butyl groups.
 R及びRは、一実施形態において、好ましくは、R及びRのうち少なくとも1個が炭素数4以上のアルキル基であり;さらに好ましくは、R及びRのうち少なくとも1個が炭素数4~18のアルキル基であり;特に好ましくは、R及びRのうち少なくとも1個がtert-ブチル基である。 In one embodiment of R 5 and R 6 , preferably at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms; more preferably at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms; particularly preferably at least one of R 5 and R 6 is a tert-butyl group.
 r及びsは、それぞれ独立して、0、1、2、3、又は4を示し;一実施形態において、好ましくは、0、1、2、又は3であり;より好ましくは、0、1、又は2であり;さらに好ましくは、0、又は1である。 r and s each independently represent 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; in one embodiment, preferably 0, 1, 2, or 3; more preferably 0, 1, or 2; more preferably 0 or 1.
 bは、0、又は1を示し;一実施形態において、好ましくは、1である。したがって、aが0を示すか、或いはaが1を示し且つbが0又は1を示し;一実施形態において、好ましくは、aが0であるか、或いはaが1であり且つbが1である。 b represents 0 or 1; in one embodiment, it is preferably 1. Thus, either a represents 0, or a represents 1 and b represents 0 or 1; be.
 式(B): Formula (B):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
[式中、各記号は、上記の通り。]
で表される部分構造の具体例としては、特に限定されるものではないが、式(B-1)~(B-41):
[In the formula, each symbol is as described above. ]
Specific examples of the partial structure represented by are not particularly limited, but the formulas (B-1) to (B-41):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
[式中、各記号は、上記の通り。]
で表される構造が挙げられる。
[In the formula, each symbol is as described above. ]
The structure represented by is mentioned.
 式(B)で表される部分構造が式(Bb)で表される構造である場合の一実施形態において、好ましくは、
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、-CN、-NO、-COH、-R、-COR、又は-COORであり、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよく;
 Rは、それぞれ独立して、(1)(a)アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルケニルカルボニル基、及びジ(アルキル)アミノ基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアリール基、(b)アルコキシ基、(c)アルケニルオキシ基、(d)アルキルカルボニル基、(e)アルケニルカルボニル基、(f)アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、(g)アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、(h)アルキルオキシカルボニル基、(i)アルケニルオキシカルボニル基、(j)ジ(アルキル)アミノ基、(k)アルキルカルボニルアミノ基、(l)アルケニルカルボニルアミノ基、(m)アルキルカルバモイル基、及び(n)アルケニルカルバモイル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアルキル基;(2)(a)アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルケニルカルボニル基、及びジ(アルキル)アミノ基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアリール基、(b)アルコキシ基、(c)アルケニルオキシ基、(d)アルキルカルボニル基、(e)アルケニルカルボニル基、(f)アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、(g)アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、(h)アルキルオキシカルボニル基、(i)アルケニルオキシカルボニル基、(j)ジ(アルキル)アミノ基、(k)アルキルカルボニルアミノ基、(l)アルケニルカルボニルアミノ基、(m)アルキルカルバモイル基、及び(n)アルケニルカルバモイル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアルケニル基;又は(3)(a)アルキル基、及びアルケニル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアリール基、(b)アルキル基、(c)アルケニル基、(d)アルコキシ基、(e)アルケニルオキシ基、(f)アルキルカルボニル基、(g)アルケニルカルボニル基、(h)アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、(i)アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、(j)アルキルオキシカルボニル基、(k)アルケニルオキシカルボニル基、(l)ジ(アルキル)アミノ基、(m)アルキルカルボニルアミノ基、(n)アルケニルカルボニルアミノ基、(o)アルキルカルバモイル基、及び(p)アルケニルカルバモイル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアリール基であり;
 R、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、又はアラルキルオキシ基であり;
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、(1)水素原子、(2)ハロゲン原子、アリール基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、及びアラルキルオキシ基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアルキル基、又は(3)ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、及びアラルキルオキシ基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアリール基を示し、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、アルケニル置換アリール基、アルコキシ基、アルケニルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アラルキルオキシ基、及びオキソ基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよく;
 a及びbは、それぞれ独立して、0、又は1を示し;
 p、q、r及びsは、それぞれ独立して、0、1、2、3、又は4を示す。
In one embodiment when the partial structure represented by formula (B) is a structure represented by formula (Bb), preferably
R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, —CN, —NO 2 , —COH, —R, —COR, or —COOR, and R 1 and R 2 are bonded together; may form a non-aromatic ring which may have a substituent;
Each R is independently substituted with a group selected from (1) (a) an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkenylcarbonyl group, and a di(alkyl)amino group. aryl group, (b) alkoxy group, (c) alkenyloxy group, (d) alkylcarbonyl group, (e) alkenylcarbonyl group, (f) alkylcarbonyloxy group, (g) alkenylcarbonyloxy group, ( h) an alkyloxycarbonyl group, (i) an alkenyloxycarbonyl group, (j) a di(alkyl)amino group, (k) an alkylcarbonylamino group, (l) an alkenylcarbonylamino group, (m) an alkylcarbamoyl group, and ( n) an alkyl group optionally substituted with a group selected from alkenylcarbamoyl groups; (2) (a) alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, alkoxy groups, alkenyloxy groups, alkylcarbonyl groups, alkenylcarbonyl groups, and di(alkyl ) an aryl group optionally substituted by a group selected from an amino group, (b) an alkoxy group, (c) an alkenyloxy group, (d) an alkylcarbonyl group, (e) an alkenylcarbonyl group, (f) an alkylcarbonyloxy (g) alkenylcarbonyloxy group, (h) alkyloxycarbonyl group, (i) alkenyloxycarbonyl group, (j) di(alkyl)amino group, (k) alkylcarbonylamino group, (l) alkenylcarbonylamino (m) an alkylcarbamoyl group, and (n) an alkenyl group optionally substituted with a group selected from an alkenylcarbamoyl group; or (3) (a) a group selected from an alkyl group and an alkenyl group. aryl group, (b) alkyl group, (c) alkenyl group, (d) alkoxy group, (e) alkenyloxy group, (f) alkylcarbonyl group, (g) alkenylcarbonyl group, (h) alkyl carbonyloxy group, (i) alkenylcarbonyloxy group, (j) alkyloxycarbonyl group, (k) alkenyloxycarbonyl group, (l) di(alkyl)amino group, (m) alkylcarbonylamino group, (n) alkenyl an aryl group optionally substituted with a group selected from a carbonylamino group, (o) an alkylcarbamoyl group, and (p) an alkenylcarbamoyl group;
R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are each independently an alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group, alkyl-substituted aryl group, alkenyl-substituted aryl group, alkoxy group, alkenyloxy group, aryloxy group , or an aralkyloxy group;
R A and R B each independently represent (1) a hydrogen atom, (2) a halogen atom, an aryl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group, and an aralkyl an alkyl group optionally substituted with a group selected from an oxy group, or (3) a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy represents an aryl group optionally substituted with a group selected from groups, aryloxy groups, and aralkyloxy groups, wherein R A and R B are bonded together to form a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group; , an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, an alkenyl-substituted aryl group, an alkoxy group, an alkenyloxy group, an aryloxy group, an aralkyloxy group, and an oxo group. may;
a and b each independently represent 0 or 1;
p, q, r and s each independently represent 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
 式(B)で表される部分構造が式(Bb)で表される構造である場合の一実施形態において、より好ましくは、
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、-R、-COR、又は-COORであり、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよく;
 Rは、それぞれ独立して、(1)(a)アリール基、(b)アルコキシ基、(c)アルケニルオキシ基、(d)アルキルカルボニル基、(e)アルケニルカルボニル基、(f)アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、(g)アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、(h)アルキルオキシカルボニル基、及び(i)アルケニルオキシカルボニル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアルキル基;(2)(a)アリール基、(b)アルコキシ基、(c)アルケニルオキシ基、(d)アルキルカルボニル基、(e)アルケニルカルボニル基、(f)アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、(g)アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、(h)アルキルオキシカルボニル基、及び(i)アルケニルオキシカルボニル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアルケニル基;又は(3)(a)アリール基、(b)アルキル基、(c)アルケニル基、(d)アルコキシ基、(e)アルケニルオキシ基、(f)アルキルカルボニル基、(g)アルケニルカルボニル基、(h)アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、(i)アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、(j)アルキルオキシカルボニル基、及び(k)アルケニルオキシカルボニル基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよいアリール基であり;
 R、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルキル置換アリール基、又はアルケニル置換アリール基であり;
 R及びRは、一実施形態において、それぞれ独立して、より好ましくは、(1)水素原子、又は(2)ハロゲン原子で置換されていてもよいアルキル基を示し、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、(A)アルキル基、及びアリール基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよい単環系の非芳香族飽和炭素環、(B)アルキル基、及びアリール基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよい二環系以上の非芳香族飽和炭素環、又は(C)アルキル基、及びアリール基から選ばれる基で置換されていてもよく且つ一部に芳香環(ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環等)が縮合した非芳香族炭素環を形成していてもよく;
 a及びbは、それぞれ独立して、0、又は1を示し;
 p、q、r及びsは、それぞれ独立して、0、1、2、3、又は4を示す。
In one embodiment when the partial structure represented by formula (B) is a structure represented by formula (Bb), more preferably,
R 1 and R 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, —R, —COR, or —COOR, and R 1 and R 2 are bonded together and optionally have a substituent may form an aromatic ring;
R is each independently (1) (a) aryl group, (b) alkoxy group, (c) alkenyloxy group, (d) alkylcarbonyl group, (e) alkenylcarbonyl group, (f) alkylcarbonyloxy group, (g) an alkenylcarbonyloxy group, (h) an alkyloxycarbonyl group, and (i) an alkyl group optionally substituted by a group selected from an alkenyloxycarbonyl group; (2) (a) an aryl group, ( b) alkoxy group, (c) alkenyloxy group, (d) alkylcarbonyl group, (e) alkenylcarbonyl group, (f) alkylcarbonyloxy group, (g) alkenylcarbonyloxy group, (h) alkyloxycarbonyl group, and (i) an alkenyl group optionally substituted with a group selected from an alkenyloxycarbonyl group; or (3) (a) an aryl group, (b) an alkyl group, (c) an alkenyl group, (d) an alkoxy group, (e) alkenyloxy group, (f) alkylcarbonyl group, (g) alkenylcarbonyl group, (h) alkylcarbonyloxy group, (i) alkenylcarbonyloxy group, (j) alkyloxycarbonyl group, and (k) alkenyl an aryl group optionally substituted with a group selected from an oxycarbonyl group;
R3 , R4 , R5 and R6 are each independently an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkyl-substituted aryl group, or an alkenyl-substituted aryl group;
In one embodiment, R A and R B each independently more preferably represent (1) a hydrogen atom or (2) an alkyl group optionally substituted with a halogen atom, and R A and R B are bonded together and selected from (A) a monocyclic non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring optionally substituted by a group selected from an alkyl group and an aryl group, (B) an alkyl group and an aryl group A bicyclic or higher non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring optionally substituted by a group, or (C) an alkyl group, and an aryl group optionally substituted by a group selected from an aromatic ring (benzene ring or naphthalene ring) may form a condensed non-aromatic carbocyclic ring;
a and b each independently represent 0 or 1;
p, q, r and s each independently represent 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4;
 式(B)で表される部分構造が式(Bb)で表される構造である場合の一実施形態において、好ましくは、
 aが0である場合、
 sが1以上であり、且つRのうち少なくとも1個が炭素数4以上のアルキル基であり;
 aが1であり且つbが0である場合、
 r及びsの合計が1以上であり、且つR及びRのうち少なくとも1個が炭素数4以上のアルキル基であり;
 aが1であり且つbが1である場合、
 (1)r及びsの合計が1以上であり、且つR及びRのうち少なくとも1個が炭素数4以上のアルキル基であり、且つ/或いは
 (2-1)R及びRが水素原子、若しくはアルキル基を示し、且つ少なくとも一方が炭素数4以上のアルキル基であるか、又は(2-2)R及びRが一緒になって結合し、アルキル基で置換されていてもよい5員以上(好ましくは6員以上)の単環系の非芳香族飽和炭素環、若しくはアルキル基で置換されていてもよい6員以上の二環系以上の非芳香族飽和炭素環を形成する。
In one embodiment when the partial structure represented by formula (B) is a structure represented by formula (Bb), preferably
If a is 0,
s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms;
If a is 1 and b is 0,
the sum of r and s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms;
If a is 1 and b is 1,
(1) the sum of r and s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, and/or (2-1) R A and R B are represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and at least one of which is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, or (2-2) R A and R B are bonded together and substituted with an alkyl group 5-membered or more (preferably 6-membered or more) monocyclic non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring, or 6-membered or more bicyclic or higher non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring optionally substituted with an alkyl group Form.
 式(B)で表される部分構造が式(Bb)で表される構造である場合の一実施形態において、より好ましくは、
 aが0である場合、
 sが1以上であり、且つRのうち少なくとも1個が炭素数4~18のアルキル基であり;
 aが1であり且つbが0である場合、
 r及びsの合計が1以上であり、且つR及びRのうち少なくとも1個が炭素数4~18のアルキル基であり;
 aが1であり且つbが1である場合、
 (1)r及びsの合計が1以上であり、且つR及びRのうち少なくとも1個が炭素数4以上のアルキル基であり、且つ/或いは
 (2-1)R及びRが水素原子、若しくはアルキル基を示し、且つ少なくとも一方が炭素数4~18のアルキル基であるか、又は(2-2)R及びRが一緒になって結合し、炭素数1~6のアルキル基で置換されていてもよい5~18員(好ましくは6~18員)の単環系の非芳香族飽和炭素環を形成する。
In one embodiment when the partial structure represented by formula (B) is a structure represented by formula (Bb), more preferably,
If a is 0,
s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms;
If a is 1 and b is 0,
the sum of r and s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms;
If a is 1 and b is 1,
(1) the sum of r and s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, and/or (2-1) R A and R B are represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and at least one is an alkyl group having 4 to 18 carbon atoms, or (2-2) R A and R B are bonded together and have 1 to 6 carbon atoms It forms a 5- to 18-membered (preferably 6- to 18-membered) monocyclic non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring which may be substituted with an alkyl group.
 式(B)で表される部分構造が式(Bb)で表される構造である場合の一実施形態において、特に好ましくは、
 aが0である場合、
 sが1以上であり、且つRのうち少なくとも1個がtert-ブチル基であり;
 aが1であり且つbが0である場合、
 r及びsの合計が1以上であり、且つR及びRのうち少なくとも1個がtert-ブチル基であり;
 aが1であり且つbが1である場合、
 (1)r及びsの合計が1以上であり、且つR及びRのうち少なくとも1個がtert-ブチル基であるか、且つ/或いは
 (2)R及びRが一緒になって結合し、シクロドデカン環を形成する。
In one embodiment when the partial structure represented by formula (B) is a structure represented by formula (Bb), particularly preferably,
If a is 0,
s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 6 is a tert-butyl group;
If a is 1 and b is 0,
the sum of r and s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 5 and R 6 is a tert-butyl group;
If a is 1 and b is 1,
(1) the sum of r and s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 5 and R 6 is a tert-butyl group, and/or (2) R A and R B together combine to form a cyclododecane ring.
 本発明のポリエーテル樹脂は、一実施形態において、さらに好ましくは、式(1)において式(B)で表される部分構造が式(Ba)で表される構造である、式(2): In one embodiment of the polyether resin of the present invention, more preferably, the partial structure represented by formula (B) in formula (1) is a structure represented by formula (Ba), formula (2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
[式中、各記号は、上記の通り。]
で表される繰り返し単位を有する。式(2)における各構造の好適な範囲及び具体例は上記で説明した通りである。
[In the formula, each symbol is as described above. ]
It has a repeating unit represented by The preferred range and specific examples of each structure in formula (2) are as described above.
 本発明のポリエーテル樹脂は、一実施形態において、特に好ましくは、式(1)において式(B)で表される部分構造が式(Bb)で表される構造である、式(3): In one embodiment, the polyether resin of the present invention, particularly preferably, has a structure in which the partial structure represented by formula (B) in formula (1) is represented by formula (Bb), formula (3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
[式中、各記号は、上記の通り。]
で表される繰り返し単位を有する。式(3)における各構造の好適な範囲及び具体例は上記で説明した通りである。
[In the formula, each symbol is as described above. ]
It has a repeating unit represented by The preferred range and specific examples of each structure in formula (3) are as described above.
 本発明のポリエーテル樹脂は、一実施形態において、最も好ましくは、式(1)において式(A)で表される部分構造が式(Aa1)~(Aa5)又は(Ab1)~(Ab10)で表される構造であり、式(B)で表される部分構造が式(Bb)で表される構造(aが0、或いはaが1且つbが1)である、式(4-1)~(4-30): In one embodiment, the polyether resin of the present invention most preferably has a partial structure represented by formula (A) in formula (1) with formulas (Aa1) to (Aa5) or (Ab1) to (Ab10). Formula (4-1), wherein a is 0, or a is 1 and b is 1), and the partial structure represented by Formula (B) is a structure represented by Formula (Bb) ~ (4-30):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
[式中、各記号は、上記の通り。]
の何れかで表される繰り返し単位を有する。式(4-1)~(4-30)における各構造の好適な範囲及び具体例は上記で説明した通りである。本発明のポリエーテル樹脂分子中における式(1)(さらに好ましくは式(2)、特に好ましくは式(3)、最も好ましくは式(4-1)~(4-30))で表される繰り返し単位の質量割合は、好ましくは5質量%以上、より好ましくは10質量%以上、さらに好ましくは15質量%以上、特に好ましくは20質量%以上である。
[In the formula, each symbol is as described above. ]
It has a repeating unit represented by any of Preferred ranges and specific examples of each structure in formulas (4-1) to (4-30) are as described above. Represented by formula (1) (more preferably formula (2), particularly preferably formula (3), most preferably formulas (4-1) to (4-30)) in the polyether resin molecule of the present invention The mass ratio of the repeating unit is preferably 5% by mass or more, more preferably 10% by mass or more, still more preferably 15% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20% by mass or more.
 本発明のポリエーテル樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、特に限定されるものではないが、一実施形態において、好ましくは5,000以上、より好ましくは10,000以上、さらに好ましくは20,000以上、特に好ましくは30,000以上である。本発明のポリエーテル樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)の上限は、特に限定されるものではないが、好ましくは1,000,000以下、より好ましくは500,000以下、さらに好ましくは300,000以下、特に好ましくは200,000以下である。ポリエーテル樹脂の重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)法により、ポリスチレン換算の値として測定できる。 Although the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyether resin of the present invention is not particularly limited, in one embodiment, it is preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 10,000 or more, and still more preferably 20,000. 30,000 or more, particularly preferably 30,000 or more. The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyether resin of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1,000,000 or less, more preferably 500,000 or less, and still more preferably 300,000 or less. , particularly preferably 200,000 or less. The weight average molecular weight of the polyether resin can be measured as a polystyrene-equivalent value by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method.
 本発明のポリエーテル樹脂の誘電正接(Df)は、特に限定されるものではないが、5.8GHz、23℃で測定した場合、一実施形態において、好ましくは0.012以下、より好ましくは0.010以下、さらに好ましくは0.009以下、さらにより好ましくは0.008以下、なお一層より好ましくは0.007以下、特に好ましくは0.006以下である。ポリエーテル樹脂の誘電正接(Df)は、下記試験例A2のように測定することができる。 The dielectric loss tangent (Df) of the polyether resin of the present invention is not particularly limited, but when measured at 5.8 GHz and 23° C., in one embodiment, it is preferably 0.012 or less, more preferably 0. 0.010 or less, more preferably 0.009 or less, even more preferably 0.008 or less, even more preferably 0.007 or less, and particularly preferably 0.006 or less. The dielectric loss tangent (Df) of the polyether resin can be measured as in Test Example A2 below.
 本発明のポリエーテル樹脂の比誘電率(Dk)は、特に限定されるものではないが、5.8GHz、23℃で測定した場合、一実施形態において、好ましくは4.0以下、より好ましくは3.5以下、さらに好ましくは3.2以下、さらにより好ましくは3.0以下、なお一層より好ましくは2.9以下、特に好ましくは2.8以下となり得る。ポリエーテル樹脂の比誘電率(Dk)は、下記試験例A2のように測定することができる。 The dielectric constant (Dk) of the polyether resin of the present invention is not particularly limited, but when measured at 5.8 GHz and 23° C., in one embodiment, it is preferably 4.0 or less, more preferably It can be 3.5 or less, more preferably 3.2 or less, even more preferably 3.0 or less, even more preferably 2.9 or less, and particularly preferably 2.8 or less. The dielectric constant (Dk) of the polyether resin can be measured as in Test Example A2 below.
 本発明のポリエーテル樹脂は、一実施形態において、半導体パッケージ基板の製造において現像液として使用さえ得る有機溶剤に溶解し易い傾向があり得る。現像液として使用される有機溶剤としては、例えば、アセトン、酢酸エチル、エチルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、ブチルアルコール、メトキシエタノール、エトキシエタノール、プロポキシエタノール、ブトキシエタノール、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノン等が挙げられる。これらの有機溶剤に対する溶解度は、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、100℃で30質量%以上であり得る。 The polyether resin of the present invention may, in one embodiment, tend to be readily soluble in organic solvents that may even be used as developers in the manufacture of semiconductor package substrates. Organic solvents used as developers include, for example, acetone, ethyl acetate, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, butyl alcohol, methoxyethanol, ethoxyethanol, propoxyethanol, butoxyethanol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono butyl ether, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone and the like. The solubility in these organic solvents is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 30% by mass or more at 100°C.
 式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する本発明のポリエーテル樹脂は、例えば、下記式(1’)で表される繰り返し単位を有するポリエーテル樹脂(PEEK)に対して、PhP=CR〔ただし各記号は上記の通り。〕で表されるウィッティヒ試薬(リンイリド化合物)、又は(RO)(O=)P-CHR〔ただしRはアルキル基、その他の記号は上記の通り。〕で表されるホスホン酸ジエステル化合物を塩基条件下で反応させることにより製造することができる(ウィッティヒ反応又はホーナー・ワズワース・エモンズ反応)。 The polyether resin of the present invention having a repeating unit represented by formula (1) has, for example, Ph 3 P= CR 1 R 2 [However, each symbol is as described above. ] or (R h O) 2 (O=)P-CHR 1 R 2 [wherein R h is an alkyl group and other symbols are as described above. ] under basic conditions (Wittig reaction or Horner-Wadsworth-Emmons reaction).
 また、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する本発明のポリエーテル樹脂は、式(1)中のR及びRが共に-COR又は-COORであるか或いはこれらが一緒になって環を形成している場合、下記式(1’)で表される繰り返し単位を有するPEEKに対して、CH〔ただし各記号は上記の通り。〕で表されるβ-ジカルボニル化合物を塩基条件下で反応させることによっても製造することができる(クネーフェナーゲル縮合反応)。 Further, in the polyether resin of the present invention having a repeating unit represented by formula (1), both R 1 and R 2 in formula (1) are -COR or -COOR, or When forming a ring, CH 2 R 1 R 2 [wherein each symbol is as described above, for PEEK having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1′). ] under basic conditions (Knoevenagel condensation reaction).
 また、式(1)で表される繰り返し単位を有する本発明のポリエーテル樹脂は、式(1)中のR及びRの一方が水素原子であり且つ他方が-COORである場合、下記式(1’)で表される繰り返し単位を有するPEEKに対して、塩基条件下で、メルドラム酸を反応させた後、R-OHで表されるアルコール化合物を反応させることによっても製造することができる(クネーフェナーゲル縮合反応)。 Further, the polyether resin of the present invention having a repeating unit represented by formula (1) has the following when one of R 1 and R 2 in formula (1) is a hydrogen atom and the other is -COOR It can also be produced by reacting PEEK having a repeating unit represented by formula (1′) with Meldrum's acid under basic conditions and then reacting an alcohol compound represented by R—OH. (Knoevenagel condensation reaction).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
[式中、各記号は、上記の通り。]
 上記の反応条件としては、ウィッティヒ反応、ホーナー・ワズワース・エモンズ反応、又はクネーフェナーゲル縮合反応の一般的な反応条件をそのまま或いはそれに準ずる反応条件を使用することができる。塩基としては、例えば、ピペラジン、炭酸カリウムなどを用いることができる。また、反応には溶媒を用いてもよい。溶媒としては、例えば、N-メチルピロリドン、テトラヒドロフラン、ジメチルエーテルなどを用いることができる。反応温度は、-80℃~250℃の範囲内で適宜設定することができる。反応時間は、0.1時間~50時間の範囲内であり得る。また、反応後、公知の方法で精製してもよい。
[In the formula, each symbol is as described above. ]
As the above reaction conditions, the general reaction conditions of the Wittig reaction, the Horner-Wadsworth-Emmons reaction, or the Knoevenagel condensation reaction can be used as they are or reaction conditions based thereon can be used. Examples of bases that can be used include piperazine and potassium carbonate. Moreover, you may use a solvent for reaction. Examples of solvents that can be used include N-methylpyrrolidone, tetrahydrofuran, and dimethyl ether. The reaction temperature can be appropriately set within the range of -80°C to 250°C. The reaction time can range from 0.1 hour to 50 hours. Further, after the reaction, it may be purified by a known method.
 また、式(1’)で表される構造単位に対する上記の反応率は、100mol%未満であってもよく、それにより、本発明のポリエーテル樹脂には、式(1’)で表される繰り返し単位が残存していてもよい。また、式(1’)で表される構造単位に対する上記の反応率は、一実施形態において、好ましくは10mol%以上、より好ましくは20mol%以上、さらに好ましくは30mol%以上、特に好ましくは40mol%以上であり得る。したがって、本発明のポリエーテル樹脂における、式(1’)で表される繰り返し単位の残存率は、一実施形態において、好ましくは90mol%未満、より好ましくは80mol%未満、さらに好ましくは70mol%未満、特に好ましくは60mol%未満であり得る。 In addition, the above reaction rate for the structural unit represented by formula (1′) may be less than 100 mol %, whereby the polyether resin of the present invention contains A repeating unit may remain. In one embodiment, the reaction rate of the structural unit represented by formula (1′) is preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, still more preferably 30 mol% or more, and particularly preferably 40 mol%. It can be more than Therefore, in one embodiment, the residual rate of the repeating unit represented by formula (1′) in the polyether resin of the present invention is preferably less than 90 mol%, more preferably less than 80 mol%, and even more preferably less than 70 mol%. , particularly preferably less than 60 mol %.
 下記式(1’)で表される繰り返し単位を有するPEEKは、下記式(1’’-a)で表されるジフルオロ化合物もしくはジクロロ化合物、及び下記式(1’’-b)で表されるジヒドロキシ化合物を、塩基条件下で、重合反応させることにより製造することができる。 PEEK having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (1′) is represented by a difluoro compound or a dichloro compound represented by the following formula (1″-a), and the following formula (1″-b). A dihydroxy compound can be produced by a polymerization reaction under basic conditions.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
[式中、Halは、それぞれ独立して、フッ素原子又は塩素原子を示し、その他の記号は、上記の通り。]
 上記の反応条件としては、重合反応の一般的な反応条件をそのまま或いはそれに準ずる反応条件を使用することができる。塩基としては、例えば、炭酸カリウムなどを用いることができる。また、反応には溶媒を用いてもよい。溶媒としては、例えば、N-メチルピロリドンなどを用いることができる。反応温度は、100℃~300℃の範囲内で適宜設定することができる。反応時間は、0.1時間~50時間の範囲内であり得る。また、反応後、公知の方法で精製してもよい。
[In the formula, Hal each independently represents a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and other symbols are as described above. ]
As the above reaction conditions, general reaction conditions for polymerization reactions can be used as they are or reaction conditions based thereon can be used. As the base, for example, potassium carbonate or the like can be used. Moreover, you may use a solvent for reaction. As a solvent, for example, N-methylpyrrolidone or the like can be used. The reaction temperature can be appropriately set within the range of 100°C to 300°C. The reaction time can range from 0.1 hour to 50 hours. Further, after the reaction, it may be purified by a known method.
 また、上記で説明した製造方法では、さらに、脱炭酸反応、脱保護反応、酸化反応、還元反応、ラジカル環化反応、求核置換反応、アルキル化反応、ハロゲン化反応、縮合反応等の公知の反応を組み合わせてもよい。 In addition, in the production method described above, further known reactions such as decarboxylation, deprotection, oxidation, reduction, radical cyclization, nucleophilic substitution, alkylation, halogenation, condensation, etc. Reactions may be combined.
<樹脂組成物>
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、本発明のポリエーテル樹脂に加えて、硬化性架橋剤を含む。硬化性架橋剤は、例えば、エポキシ基、ビニルフェニル基、イソプロペニルフェニル基、アリル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基等の重合性基を2個以上有する化合物であり得る。硬化性架橋剤は、自己重合して硬化するか、或いは硬化剤を架橋して硬化する成分であり得る。このような樹脂組成物は、加熱又は光照射により硬化させることができ得る。このような樹脂組成物は、一実施形態において、より優れた誘電特性を有し得る。
<Resin composition>
The resin composition of the present invention contains a curable cross-linking agent in addition to the polyether resin of the present invention. The curable cross-linking agent may be, for example, a compound having two or more polymerizable groups such as epoxy group, vinylphenyl group, isopropenylphenyl group, allyl group, acryloyl group and methacryloyl group. A curable crosslinker can be a component that cures by self-polymerizing or cures by cross-linking the curing agent. Such resin compositions may be cured by heating or light irradiation. Such resin compositions may have superior dielectric properties in one embodiment.
 本発明の樹脂組成物中の本発明のポリエーテル樹脂の含有量としては、特に限定されるものではないが、樹脂組成物の不揮発成分を100質量%としたとき、好ましくは1~99質量%、より好ましく5~95質量%、さらに好ましく10~90質量%、さらにより好ましく15~90質量%、なお一層より好ましく30~95質量%、特に好ましくは50~90質量%である。 The content of the polyether resin of the present invention in the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. , more preferably 5 to 95% by mass, still more preferably 10 to 90% by mass, even more preferably 15 to 90% by mass, even more preferably 30 to 95% by mass, particularly preferably 50 to 90% by mass.
 硬化性架橋剤は、光硬化性架橋剤であることが好ましい。したがって、本発明の樹脂組成物は、好適な実施形態において、本発明のポリエーテル樹脂に加えて、光硬化性架橋剤、及び光重合開始剤を含む。このような樹脂組成物は、より優れた解像性を有し得る。 The curable cross-linking agent is preferably a photocurable cross-linking agent. Therefore, in a preferred embodiment, the resin composition of the present invention contains a photocurable cross-linking agent and a photopolymerization initiator in addition to the polyether resin of the present invention. Such a resin composition can have better resolution.
 光硬化性架橋剤は、例えば、ビニルフェニル基、イソプロペニルフェニル基、アリル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基等のラジカル重合性基を2個以上有する化合物であり得る。光硬化性架橋剤としては、例えば、シクロヘキサン-1,4-ジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキサン-1,3-ジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-ブタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,8-オクタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールエタントリ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジオキサングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、3,6-ジオキサ-1,8-オクタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、3,6,9-トリオキサウンデカン-1,11-ジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、9,9-ビス[4-(2-アクリロイルオキシエトキシ)フェニル]フルオレン、エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロポキシ化ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリス(3-ヒドロキシプロピル)イソシアヌレートトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアヌレートトリ(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化イソシアヌル酸トリ(メタ)アクリレート等の多価(メタ)アクリレート化合物等が挙げられる。光硬化性架橋剤は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The photocurable cross-linking agent can be, for example, a compound having two or more radically polymerizable groups such as vinylphenyl, isopropenylphenyl, allyl, acryloyl, and methacryloyl groups. Examples of photocurable crosslinking agents include cyclohexane-1,4-dimethanol di(meth)acrylate, cyclohexane-1,3-dimethanol di(meth)acrylate, tricyclodecanedimethanol di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di( meth)acrylate, 1,4-butanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,8-octanediol di(meth)acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di(meth)acrylate acrylates, 1,10-decanediol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolethane tri(meth)acrylate, glycerin tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dioxane glycol di(meth)acrylate (Meth)acrylates, 3,6-dioxa-1,8-octanediol di(meth)acrylate, 3,6,9-trioxaundecane-1,11-diol di(meth)acrylate, polyethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate , polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, 9,9-bis[4-(2-acryloyloxyethoxy)phenyl]fluorene, ethoxylated bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, propoxylated bisphenol A di(meth)acrylate, tris ( 3-hydroxypropyl)isocyanurate tri(meth)acrylate, tris(2-hydroxyethyl)isocyanurate tri(meth)acrylate, polyhydric (meth)acrylate compounds such as ethoxylated isocyanuric acid tri(meth)acrylate, and the like. . The photocurable cross-linking agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 本発明の樹脂組成物における本発明のポリエーテル樹脂に対する光硬化性架橋剤の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、本発明のポリエーテル樹脂100質量部に対して、好ましくは3~25質量部、より好ましくは5~20質量部、さらに好ましくは8~15質量部である。本発明の樹脂組成物中の光硬化性架橋剤の含有量としては、特に限定されるものではないが、樹脂組成物の不揮発成分を100質量%としたとき、好ましくは1~20質量%、より好ましくは3~15質量%、さらに好ましくは5~10質量%である。 The content of the photocurable cross-linking agent for the polyether resin of the present invention in the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 3 parts per 100 parts by mass of the polyether resin of the present invention. 25 parts by mass, more preferably 5 to 20 parts by mass, and even more preferably 8 to 15 parts by mass. The content of the photocurable cross-linking agent in the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. More preferably 3 to 15 mass %, still more preferably 5 to 10 mass %.
 光重合開始剤としては、例えば、α-アミノケトン系光重合開始剤、ホスフィンオキシド系光重合開始剤、α-ヒドロキシケトン系光重合開始剤、オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤、ベンゾイン系光重合開始剤、ベンジルケタール系光重合開始剤等が挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。 Examples of photopolymerization initiators include α-aminoketone-based photopolymerization initiators, phosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiators, α-hydroxyketone-based photopolymerization initiators, oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiators, and benzoin-based photopolymerization initiators. , benzyl ketal-based photopolymerization initiators, and the like. The photopolymerization initiator preferably contains an oxime ester photopolymerization initiator.
 オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤としては、例えば、2-(ベンゾイルオキシイミノ)-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]オクタン-1-オン(OXE01)、[1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)カルバゾール-3-イル]エチリデンアミノ]アセテート(OXE02)等が挙げられる。 Examples of oxime ester photopolymerization initiators include 2-(benzoyloxyimino)-1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]octan-1-one (OXE01), [1-[9-ethyl-6-( 2-methylbenzoyl)carbazol-3-yl]ethylideneamino]acetate (OXE02) and the like.
 ホスフィンオキシド系光重合開始剤としては、例えば、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フェニルホスフィンオキシド、(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)ジフェニルホスフィンオキシド、ポリオキシエチレングリセリンエーテルトリス[フェニル(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)ホスフィネート](Polymeric TPO-L)等が挙げられる。 Phosphine oxide-based photopolymerization initiators include, for example, bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine oxide, (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)diphenylphosphine oxide, polyoxyethylene glycerin ether tris[phenyl( 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phosphinate] (Polymeric TPO-L) and the like.
 α-ヒドロキシケトン系光重合開始剤としては、例えば、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニルプロパノン、1-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニル]-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパノン、2-ヒドロキシ-1-{4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロピオニル)ベンジル]フェニル}-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン等が挙げられる。 Examples of α-hydroxyketone-based photopolymerization initiators include 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropanone, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl]-2 -hydroxy-2-methylpropanone, 2-hydroxy-1-{4-[4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionyl)benzyl]phenyl}-2-methylpropan-1-one and the like.
 ベンゾイン系光重合開始剤としては、例えば、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル等が挙げられる。ベンジルケタール系光重合開始剤としては、例えば、2,2-ジメトキシ-2-フェニルアセトフェノン等が挙げられる。 Benzoin-based photopolymerization initiators include, for example, benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, and benzoin isobutyl ether. Benzyl ketal photopolymerization initiators include, for example, 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone.
 α-アミノケトン系光重合開始剤としては、例えば、2-メチル-1-フェニル-2-モルホリノプロパン-1-オン、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルホリノプロパン-1-オン、2-メチル-1-(4-ヘキシルフェニル)-2-モルホリノプロパン-1-オン、2-エチル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)ブタン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)ブタン-1-オン、2-(ジメチルアミノ)-2-(4-メチルフェニルメチル)-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)ブタン-1-オン等が挙げられる。光重合開始剤は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 Examples of α-aminoketone-based photopolymerization initiators include 2-methyl-1-phenyl-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholinopropane- 1-one, 2-methyl-1-(4-hexylphenyl)-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-ethyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)butane-1- one, 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)butan-1-one, 2-(dimethylamino)-2-(4-methylphenylmethyl)-1-(4- morpholinophenyl)butan-1-one and the like. A photoinitiator may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
 本発明の樹脂組成物における本発明のポリエーテル樹脂に対する光重合開始剤の含有量としては、特に限定されるものではないが、本発明のポリエーテル樹脂100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.1~10質量部、より好ましくは0.5~5質量部、さらに好ましくは1~3質量部である。本発明の樹脂組成物中の光重合開始剤の含有量としては、特に限定されるものではないが、樹脂組成物の不揮発成分を100質量%としたとき、好ましくは0.1~10質量%、より好ましく0.5~5質量%、さらに好ましくは1~3質量%である。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator for the polyether resin of the present invention in the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.00 per 100 parts by mass of the polyether resin of the present invention. 1 to 10 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass, still more preferably 1 to 3 parts by mass. The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but when the non-volatile component of the resin composition is 100% by mass, it is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass. , more preferably 0.5 to 5% by mass, more preferably 1 to 3% by mass.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、さらに光増感剤を含むことが好ましい。 The resin composition of the present invention preferably further contains a photosensitizer.
 光増感剤としては、例えば、式(5): As a photosensitizer, for example, formula (5):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
[式中、R11、R12、R13、R14及びR15は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基を示す。]
で表される光増感剤を含むことが好ましい。
[wherein R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or a substituent; Indicates an alkoxy group which may be present. ]
It is preferable to contain a photosensitizer represented by.
 R11、R12、R13、R14及びR15が示す「置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基」及び「置換基を有していてもよいアルコキシ基」における「置換基」としては、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子、-NO、-CN、-COH、-OH、-SH、-NH、-COOH、-R、-COR、-OR、-SR、-SOR、-SO、-NHR、-N(R、-COOR、-OCOR、-CONH、-CONHR、-CON(R、-NHCOR等の1価の置換基が挙げられる(R及びRは上記の通り)。 As the “substituent” in the “optionally substituted alkyl group” and “optionally substituted alkoxy group” represented by R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 , but are not limited to, halogen atoms, —NO 2 , —CN, —COH, —OH, —SH, —NH 2 , —COOH, —R y , —COR x , —OR x , —SR x , —SOR x , —SO 2 R x , —NHR x , —N(R x ) 2 , —COOR x , —OCOR x , —CONH 2 , —CONHR x , —CON(R x ) 2 , Monovalent substituents such as —NHCOR x (R x and R y are as described above).
 R11、R12、R13、R14及びR15は、それぞれ独立して、好ましくは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、又はアルコキシ基であり;より好ましくは、水素原子、又はヒドロキシ基であり;さらに好ましくは、R11、R12、R14及びR15が水素原子であり且つR13が水素原子、又はヒドロキシ基であり;特に好ましくは、水素原子である。 R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, or an alkoxy group; more preferably a hydrogen atom, or a hydroxy group; more preferably, R 11 , R 12 , R 14 and R 15 are hydrogen atoms and R 13 is a hydrogen atom or a hydroxy group; particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
 本発明の樹脂組成物における本発明のポリエーテル樹脂に対する光増感剤の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、本発明のポリエーテル樹脂100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.1~20質量部、より好ましくは0.5~17質量部、さらに好ましくは1~15質量部である。本発明の樹脂組成物中の光増感剤の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、樹脂組成物の不揮発成分を100質量%としたとき、好ましくは1~20質量%、より好ましくは3~15質量%、さらに好ましくは5~10質量%である。 Although the content of the photosensitizer for the polyether resin of the present invention in the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, it is preferably 0.1 per 100 parts by mass of the polyether resin of the present invention. to 20 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 17 parts by mass, and even more preferably 1 to 15 parts by mass. The content of the photosensitizer in the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited. is 3 to 15% by mass, more preferably 5 to 10% by mass.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、さらにその他の添加剤を更に含有してもよい。その他の添加剤としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂、エポキシ樹脂硬化剤等の熱硬化性樹脂;硬化促進剤;シリカ等の無機充填材;密着助剤;フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤等の界面活性剤;熱可塑性樹脂;フタロシアニンブルー、フタロシアニングリーン、アイオディン・グリーン、ジアゾイエロー、クリスタルバイオレット、酸化チタン、カーボンブラック、ナフタレンブラック等の着色剤;ハイドロキノン、フェノチアジン、メチルハイドロキノン、ハイドロキノンモノメチルエーテル、カテコール、ピロガロール等の重合禁止剤;ベントン、モンモリロナイト等の増粘剤;シリコーン系、フッ素系、ビニル樹脂系の消泡剤;エポキシ樹脂、アンチモン化合物、リン系化合物、芳香族縮合リン酸エステル、含ハロゲン縮合リン酸エステル等の難燃剤等が挙げられる。その他の添加剤は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。各成分の含有量は、当業者が適宜設定することができる。 The resin composition of the present invention may further contain other additives. Other additives include, for example, thermosetting resins such as epoxy resins and epoxy resin curing agents; curing accelerators; inorganic fillers such as silica; Surfactants such as cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, silicone surfactants; thermoplastic resins; phthalocyanine blue, phthalocyanine green, iodine green, diazo yellow, crystal violet, titanium oxide, carbon black, naphthalene Colorants such as black; polymerization inhibitors such as hydroquinone, phenothiazine, methylhydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, catechol, pyrogallol; thickeners such as bentone and montmorillonite; antifoaming agents such as silicone, fluorine, and vinyl resin; Fire retardants such as resins, antimony compounds, phosphorus compounds, aromatic condensed phosphates, and halogen-containing condensed phosphates are included. Other additives may be used singly or in combination of two or more. The content of each component can be appropriately set by those skilled in the art.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、さらに有機溶剤を含んでいていてもよい。有機溶剤としては、例えば、ジメチルエーテル、ジエチルエーテル、メチルエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、アニソール、ジオキサン等のエーテル系溶剤;エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、等のグリコールエーテル系溶剤;プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート等のグリコールエーテルエステル系溶剤;シクロヘキサノン、シクロペンタノン、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、等のケトン系溶剤;ペンタン、シクロペンタン、ヘキサン、シクロヘキサン、メチルシクロヘキサン、及びデカリン等の脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤;ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、メシチレン、テトラリン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤;酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、安息香酸メチル、α-アセチル-γ-ブチロラクトン等のエステル系溶剤;クロロホルム、塩化メチレン、1,2-ジクロロエタン等の塩素系溶剤;アセトニトリル等のニトリル系溶剤;N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン等のアミド系溶剤;ジメチルスルホキシド等のスルホキシド系溶剤等が挙げられる。有機溶剤は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて使用してもよい。 The resin composition of the present invention may further contain an organic solvent. Examples of organic solvents include ether solvents such as dimethyl ether, diethyl ether, methyl ethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, anisole, and dioxane; glycol ether solvents such as ethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, and propylene glycol monomethyl ether. ; glycol ether ester solvents such as propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate; ketone solvents such as cyclohexanone, cyclopentanone, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone; pentane, cyclopentane, hexane, cyclohexane, methylcyclohexane, and decalin Aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents; aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as benzene, toluene, xylene, mesitylene, and tetralin; methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, γ-butyrolactone, methyl benzoate, α-acetyl-γ - ester solvents such as butyrolactone; chlorine solvents such as chloroform, methylene chloride and 1,2-dichloroethane; nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile; N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2 - amide solvents such as pyrrolidone; sulfoxide solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide; An organic solvent may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
 乾燥前のワニス状の樹脂組成物中の有機溶剤の含有量は、特に限定されるものではないが、本発明のポリエーテル樹脂100質量部に対して、好ましくは100~5000質量部であり、より好ましくは300~3000質量部であり、さらに好ましくは500~1500質量部である。 The content of the organic solvent in the varnish-like resin composition before drying is not particularly limited, but is preferably 100 to 5000 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polyether resin of the present invention, More preferably 300 to 3000 parts by mass, still more preferably 500 to 1500 parts by mass.
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、各成分を適宜混合し、また、必要に応じて三本ロール、ボールミル、ビーズミル、サンドミル等の混練手段、あるいはスーパーミキサー、プラネタリーミキサー、高速回転ミキサー等の撹拌手段により混練または撹拌することにより、製造することができる。 The resin composition of the present invention is prepared by appropriately mixing each component, and if necessary, kneading means such as a three-roll mill, ball mill, bead mill and sand mill, or stirring means such as a super mixer, a planetary mixer and a high-speed rotating mixer. It can be produced by kneading or stirring with
 本発明の樹脂組成物は、解像性に優れ得る。したがって、本発明の樹脂組成物は、一実施形態において、露光及び現像を行った場合に形成できるビアホールの最小開口径(最小ビア径)がより小さいという特徴を有し得る。したがって、一実施形態において、下記試験例B1のように試験した場合の最小開口径は、好ましくは25μm以下、より好ましくは20μm以下、さらに好ましくは18μm以下、さらにより好ましくは15μm以下、なお一層より好ましくは12μm以下、特に好ましくは10μm以下であり得る。 The resin composition of the present invention can have excellent resolution. Therefore, in one embodiment, the resin composition of the present invention can be characterized in that the minimum opening diameter (minimum via diameter) of a via hole that can be formed by exposure and development is smaller. Therefore, in one embodiment, the minimum opening diameter when tested as in Test Example B1 below is preferably 25 μm or less, more preferably 20 μm or less, even more preferably 18 μm or less, even more preferably 15 μm or less, and even more preferably 15 μm or less. It may preferably be 12 μm or less, particularly preferably 10 μm or less.
 本発明の樹脂組成物の硬化物の誘電正接(Df)は、特に限定されるものではないが、5.8GHz、23℃で測定した場合、一実施形態において、好ましくは0.018以下、0.016以下、0.014以下、0.012以下、より好ましくは0.010以下、さらに好ましくは0.009以下、さらにより好ましくは0.008以下、なお一層より好ましくは0.007以下、特に好ましくは0.006以下である。樹脂組成物の硬化物の誘電正接(Df)は、下記試験例B2のように測定することができる。 The dielectric loss tangent (Df) of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but when measured at 5.8 GHz and 23 ° C., in one embodiment, preferably 0.018 or less, 0 .016 or less, 0.014 or less, 0.012 or less, more preferably 0.010 or less, even more preferably 0.009 or less, even more preferably 0.008 or less, even more preferably 0.007 or less, especially It is preferably 0.006 or less. The dielectric loss tangent (Df) of the cured product of the resin composition can be measured as in Test Example B2 below.
 本発明の樹脂組成物の硬化物の比誘電率(Dk)は、特に限定されるものではないが、5.8GHz、23℃で測定した場合、一実施形態において、好ましくは4.0以下、より好ましくは3.5以下、さらに好ましくは3.2以下、さらにより好ましくは3.0以下、なお一層より好ましくは2.9以下、特に好ましくは2.8以下となり得る。樹脂組成物の硬化物の比誘電率(Dk)は、下記試験例B2のように測定することができる。 The dielectric constant (Dk) of the cured product of the resin composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but when measured at 5.8 GHz and 23° C., in one embodiment, preferably 4.0 or less, It can be more preferably 3.5 or less, even more preferably 3.2 or less, even more preferably 3.0 or less, even more preferably 2.9 or less, and particularly preferably 2.8 or less. The dielectric constant (Dk) of the cured product of the resin composition can be measured as in Test Example B2 below.
 本発明の樹脂組成物の用途は、特に限定されないが、樹脂フィルム、プリプレグ等の絶縁樹脂シート、絶縁材料、シリコンウェハ、回路基板(積層板用途、多層プリント配線板用途等)、ソルダーレジスト、バッファーコート膜、アンダーフィル材、ダイボンディング材、半導体封止材、穴埋め樹脂、部品埋め込み樹脂等、広範囲に使用できる。なかでも、プリント配線板の絶縁層用の樹脂組成物(樹脂組成物の硬化物を絶縁層としたプリント配線板)、層間絶縁層用の樹脂組成物(樹脂組成物の硬化物を層間絶縁層としたプリント配線板)、メッキ形成用の樹脂組成物(樹脂組成物の硬化物上にメッキが形成されたプリント配線板)、及びソルダーレジスト用の樹脂組成物(樹脂組成物の硬化物をソルダーレジストとしたプリント配線板)、ウェハレベルパッケージの再配線形成層用の樹脂組成物(樹脂組成物の硬化物を再配線形成層としたウェハレベルパッケージ)、ファンアウトウェハレベルパッケージの再配線形成層用の樹脂組成物(樹脂組成物の硬化物を再配線形成層としたファンアウトウェハレベルパッケージ)、ファンアウトパネルレベルパッケージの再配線形成層用の樹脂組成物(樹脂組成物の硬化物を再配線形成層としたファンアウトパネルレベルパッケージ)、バッファーコート用の樹脂組成物(樹脂組成物の硬化物をバッファーコートとした半導体装置)、ディスプレイ用絶縁層用の樹脂組成物(樹脂組成物の硬化物を絶縁層としたディスプレイ)として好適に使用することができる。 Applications of the resin composition of the present invention are not particularly limited, but include resin films, insulating resin sheets such as prepreg, insulating materials, silicon wafers, circuit boards (laminated board applications, multilayer printed wiring board applications, etc.), solder resists, and buffers. It can be used in a wide range of applications such as coating films, underfill materials, die bonding materials, semiconductor sealing materials, hole-filling resins, and parts-embedding resins. Among them, a resin composition for an insulating layer of a printed wiring board (a printed wiring board having a cured product of the resin composition as an insulating layer), a resin composition for an interlayer insulating layer (a cured product of a resin composition used as an interlayer insulating layer printed wiring board), a resin composition for plating (printed wiring board in which plating is formed on a cured product of the resin composition), and a resin composition for solder resist (a cured product of the resin composition is soldered printed wiring board as resist), resin composition for rewiring formation layer of wafer level package (wafer level package with rewiring formation layer of cured resin composition), rewiring formation layer of fan-out wafer level package (Fan-out wafer level package with the cured product of the resin composition as the rewiring formation layer), the resin composition for the rewiring formation layer of the fan-out panel level package (The cured product of the resin composition is recycled Fan-out panel level package with wiring forming layer), resin composition for buffer coat (semiconductor device with cured product of resin composition as buffer coat), resin composition for insulating layer for display (cured resin composition It can be suitably used as a display using a material as an insulating layer.
 また、例えば、以下の(1)~(6)工程を経て半導体チップパッケージが製造される場合、樹脂組成物は、再配線層を形成するための絶縁層としての再配線形成層を形成するための樹脂組成物(再配線形成層形成用の樹脂組成物)、及び半導体チップを封止するための樹脂組成物(半導体チップ封止用の樹脂組成物)としても好適である。半導体チップパッケージが製造される際、封止層上に、更に再配線層が形成されてもよい。
 (1)基材に仮固定フィルムを積層する工程、
 (2)半導体チップを、仮固定フィルム上に仮固定する工程、
 (3)半導体チップ上に封止層を形成する工程、
 (4)基材及び仮固定フィルムを半導体チップから剥離する工程、
 (5)半導体チップの基材及び仮固定フィルムを剥離した面に、絶縁層としての再配線形成層を形成する工程、及び
 (6)再配線形成層上に、導体層としての再配線層を形成する工程
Further, for example, when a semiconductor chip package is manufactured through the following steps (1) to (6), the resin composition is used as an insulating layer for forming a rewiring layer to form a rewiring formation layer. (a resin composition for forming a rewiring layer) and a resin composition for sealing a semiconductor chip (a resin composition for sealing a semiconductor chip). A rewiring layer may be further formed on the encapsulation layer when the semiconductor chip package is manufactured.
(1) a step of laminating a temporary fixing film on a substrate;
(2) temporarily fixing the semiconductor chip on the temporary fixing film;
(3) forming a sealing layer on the semiconductor chip;
(4) a step of peeling the substrate and the temporary fixing film from the semiconductor chip;
(5) Forming a rewiring layer as an insulating layer on the surface of the semiconductor chip from which the base material and the temporary fixing film have been removed; and (6) Forming a rewiring layer as a conductor layer on the rewiring layer. forming process
 上述した樹脂組成物は、プリント配線板が部品内蔵回路板である場合にも、使用することができる。 The resin composition described above can also be used when the printed wiring board is a component built-in circuit board.
<絶縁材料>
 本発明の絶縁材料は、本発明のポリエーテル樹脂を含む。
<Insulating material>
The insulating material of the present invention comprises the polyether resin of the present invention.
<樹脂フィルム>
 本発明の樹脂フィルムは、支持体と、当該支持体上に設けられた本発明の樹脂組成物で形成された樹脂組成物層を有する。
<Resin film>
The resin film of the present invention has a support and a resin composition layer formed of the resin composition of the present invention provided on the support.
 支持体としては、例えば、ポリエチレンテレフタレート(以下「PET」と略称することがある。)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(以下「PEN」と略称することがある。)等のポリエステル、ポリカーボネート(以下「PC」と略称することがある。)、ポリメチルメタクリレート(PMMA)等のアクリル、環状ポリオレフィン、トリアセチルセルロース(TAC)、ポリエーテルサルファイド(PES)、ポリエーテルケトン、ポリイミド等が挙げられる。中でも、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレートが好ましく、特にポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルムが好ましい。 Examples of the support include polyesters such as polyethylene terephthalate (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "PET") and polyethylene naphthalate (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "PEN"), and polycarbonates (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "PC"). may be abbreviated.), acrylic such as polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA), cyclic polyolefin, triacetyl cellulose (TAC), polyether sulfide (PES), polyether ketone, polyimide, and the like. Among them, polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate are preferred, and polyethylene terephthalate film is particularly preferred.
 また、金属箔を支持体として使用してもよい。金属箔としては、例えば、銅箔、アルミニウム箔等が挙げられ、銅箔が好ましい。銅箔としては、銅の単金属からなる箔を用いてもよく、銅と他の金属(例えば、スズ、クロム、銀、マグネシウム、ニッケル、ジルコニウム、ケイ素、チタン等)との合金からなる箔を用いてもよい。 A metal foil may also be used as the support. Examples of the metal foil include copper foil and aluminum foil, with copper foil being preferred. As the copper foil, a foil made of a single metal of copper may be used, and a foil made of an alloy of copper and other metals (for example, tin, chromium, silver, magnesium, nickel, zirconium, silicon, titanium, etc.) may be used. may be used.
 市販の支持体としては、例えば、王子製紙社製の製品名「アルファンMA-410」、「E-200C」、タマポリ社製の製品名「GF-1」、「GF-8」信越フィルム社製等のポリプロピレンフィルム、帝人社製の製品名「PS-25」等のPSシリーズなどのポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム等が挙げられるが、これらに限られたものではない。 Commercially available supports include, for example, Oji Paper Co., Ltd. product names "Alphan MA-410" and "E-200C", Tamapoly Co., Ltd. product names "GF-1" and "GF-8", Shin-Etsu Film Co., Ltd. and polyethylene terephthalate films such as the PS series such as the product name "PS-25" manufactured by Teijin Limited, but are not limited thereto.
 また、支持体としては、樹脂組成物層と接合する面に離型層を有する離型層付き支持体を使用してもよい。離型層付き支持体の離型層に使用する離型剤としては、例えば、アルキド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、及びシリコーン樹脂からなる群から選択される1種以上の離型剤が挙げられる。離型層付き支持体は、市販品を用いてもよく、例えば、アルキド樹脂系離型剤を主成分とする離型層を有するPETフィルムである、リンテック社製の「SK-1」、「AL-5」、「AL-7」、東レ社製の「ルミラーT60」、帝人社製の「ピューレックス」、ユニチカ社製の「ユニピール」等が挙げられる。 Further, as the support, a support with a release layer having a release layer on the surface to be bonded to the resin composition layer may be used. The release agent used in the release layer of the release layer-attached support includes, for example, one or more release agents selected from the group consisting of alkyd resins, polyolefin resins, urethane resins, and silicone resins. . As the support with a release layer, a commercially available product may be used, for example, "SK-1", " AL-5", "AL-7", Toray's "Lumirror T60", Teijin's "Purex", and Unitika's "Unipeel".
 支持体の厚みとしては、特に限定されないが、5μm~75μmの範囲が好ましく、10μm~60μmの範囲がより好ましい。なお、離型層付き支持体を使用する場合、離型層付き支持体全体の厚さが上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The thickness of the support is not particularly limited, but is preferably in the range of 5 µm to 75 µm, more preferably in the range of 10 µm to 60 µm. When a release layer-attached support is used, the thickness of the release layer-attached support as a whole is preferably within the above range.
 樹脂組成物層の厚さは、特に制限は無く、例えば1μm以上100μm以下でありうる。中でも、好ましくは2μm以上、より好ましくは4μm以上であり、好ましくは50μm以下、より好ましくは30μm以下である。 The thickness of the resin composition layer is not particularly limited, and can be, for example, 1 μm or more and 100 μm or less. Among them, it is preferably 2 μm or more, more preferably 4 μm or more, and preferably 50 μm or less, more preferably 30 μm or less.
 樹脂組成物層は、保護フィルムで保護されていてもよい。樹脂組成物層が保護フィルムで保護されることにより、樹脂組成物層の表面へのゴミの付着やキズを抑制できる。保護フィルムとしては、例えば、上記の支持体と同様の材料により構成されたフィルムを用いることができる。保護フィルムの厚さは特に限定されないが、1μm~40μmの範囲であることが好ましく、5μm~30μmの範囲であることがより好ましく、10μm~30μmの範囲であることが更に好ましい。保護フィルムは、樹脂組成物層と支持体との接着力に対して、樹脂組成物層と保護フィルムとの接着力の方が小さいものが好ましい。 The resin composition layer may be protected with a protective film. By protecting the resin composition layer with the protective film, it is possible to suppress adhesion of dust and scratches on the surface of the resin composition layer. As the protective film, for example, a film made of the same material as the support can be used. Although the thickness of the protective film is not particularly limited, it is preferably in the range of 1 μm to 40 μm, more preferably in the range of 5 μm to 30 μm, even more preferably in the range of 10 μm to 30 μm. The protective film preferably has a smaller adhesive force between the resin composition layer and the protective film than the adhesive force between the resin composition layer and the support.
 樹脂フィルムは、例えば、ダイコーター等を用いて樹脂組成物を支持体上に塗布し、必要に応じて乾燥させて樹脂組成物層を形成させることにより製造することができる。 A resin film can be produced, for example, by applying a resin composition onto a support using a die coater or the like and drying it as necessary to form a resin composition layer.
 乾燥は、加熱、熱風吹きつけ等の公知の方法により実施してよい。乾燥条件は特に限定されないが、樹脂組成物層中の有機溶剤の含有量が10質量%以下、好ましくは5質量%以下となるように乾燥させる。樹脂組成物中の有機溶剤の沸点によっても異なるが、例えば30質量%~60質量%の有機溶剤を含む樹脂組成物を用いる場合、50℃~150℃で3分間~10分間乾燥させることにより、樹脂組成物層を形成することができる。 Drying may be carried out by known methods such as heating and blowing hot air. The drying conditions are not particularly limited, but the resin composition layer is dried so that the content of the organic solvent is 10% by mass or less, preferably 5% by mass or less. Although it varies depending on the boiling point of the organic solvent in the resin composition, for example, when using a resin composition containing 30% by mass to 60% by mass of the organic solvent, drying at 50 ° C. to 150 ° C. for 3 to 10 minutes A resin composition layer can be formed.
 樹脂フィルムは、ロール状に巻きとって保存することが可能である。樹脂フィルムが保護フィルムを有する場合、保護フィルムを剥がすことによって使用可能となる。 The resin film can be rolled up and stored. When the resin film has a protective film, it can be used by peeling off the protective film.
<半導体パッケージ基板>
 本発明の半導体パッケージ基板は、本発明の樹脂組成物の硬化物により形成された絶縁層を含む。該絶縁層は、再配線形成層、層間絶縁層、バッファーコート膜またはソルダーレジストとして使用することが好ましい。
<Semiconductor package substrate>
A semiconductor package substrate of the present invention includes an insulating layer formed from a cured product of the resin composition of the present invention. The insulating layer is preferably used as a rewiring layer, an interlayer insulating layer, a buffer coat film or a solder resist.
 本発明の第1実施形態の半導体パッケージ基板は、本発明の樹脂組成物の第1実施形態である樹脂組成物を用いて製造することができ、樹脂組成物の硬化物は絶縁層として用いられる。具体的には、半導体パッケージ基板の製造方法は、
 (I)回路基板上に、本発明の樹脂組成物で形成された樹脂組成物層を形成する工程、
 (II)樹脂組成物層に活性光線を照射する工程、及び
 (III)樹脂組成物層を現像する工程、
 をこの順に含む。
The semiconductor package substrate of the first embodiment of the present invention can be produced using the resin composition that is the first embodiment of the resin composition of the present invention, and the cured product of the resin composition is used as an insulating layer. . Specifically, the method for manufacturing a semiconductor package substrate includes:
(I) forming a resin composition layer formed of the resin composition of the present invention on a circuit board;
(II) a step of irradiating the resin composition layer with an actinic ray, and (III) a step of developing the resin composition layer,
in that order.
<工程(I)>
 樹脂組成物層の形成方法としては、ワニス状の樹脂組成物を直接的に回路基板上に塗布する方法、及び樹脂フィルムを用いる方法が挙げられる。
<Step (I)>
Methods of forming the resin composition layer include a method of directly applying a varnish-like resin composition onto a circuit board, and a method of using a resin film.
 ワニス状の樹脂組成物を直接的に回路基板上に塗布する場合、乾燥し、有機溶剤を揮発させることにより、回路基板上に樹脂組成物層を形成する。 When the varnish-like resin composition is directly applied onto the circuit board, the resin composition layer is formed on the circuit board by drying and volatilizing the organic solvent.
 樹脂組成物の塗布方式としては、例えば、グラビアコート方式、マイクログラビアコート方式、リバースコート方式、キスリバースコート方式、ダイコート方式、スロットダイ方式、リップコート方式、コンマコート方式、ブレードコート方式、ロールコート方式、ナイフコート方式、カーテンコート方式、チャンバーグラビアコート方式、スロットオリフィス方式、スピンコート方式、スリットコート方式、スプレーコート方式、ディップコート方式、ホットメルトコート方式、バーコート方式、アプリケーター方式、エアナイフコート方式、カーテンフローコート方式、オフセット印刷方式、刷毛塗り方式、スクリーン印刷法による全面印刷方式等が挙げられる。 Examples of coating methods for the resin composition include gravure coating, micro gravure coating, reverse coating, kiss reverse coating, die coating, slot die, lip coating, comma coating, blade coating, and roll coating. Method, knife coating method, curtain coating method, chamber gravure coating method, slot orifice method, spin coating method, slit coating method, spray coating method, dip coating method, hot melt coating method, bar coating method, applicator method, air knife coating method , a curtain flow coating method, an offset printing method, a brush coating method, a full-surface printing method using a screen printing method, and the like.
 樹脂組成物は、数回に分けて塗布してもよいし、1回で塗布してもよく、また異なる方式を複数組み合わせて塗布してもよい。中でも、均一塗工性に優れる、ダイコート方式が好ましい。また、異物混入等をさけるために、クリーンルーム等の異物発生の少ない環境で塗布工程を実施することが好ましい。 The resin composition may be applied in several times, may be applied in one time, or may be applied by combining a plurality of different methods. Among them, the die coating method is preferable because of its excellent uniform coatability. Also, in order to avoid contamination by foreign substances, it is preferable to perform the coating process in an environment such as a clean room where foreign substances are less likely to occur.
 樹脂組成物を塗布後、必要に応じて熱風炉あるいは遠赤外線炉等で乾燥を行う。乾燥条件は、80℃~120℃で3分間~13分間とすることが好ましい。このようにして、回路基板上に樹脂組成物層が形成される。 After applying the resin composition, dry it in a hot air oven or far infrared oven as necessary. The drying conditions are preferably 80° C. to 120° C. for 3 minutes to 13 minutes. Thus, a resin composition layer is formed on the circuit board.
 回路基板としては、例えば、ガラスエポキシ基板、金属基板、ポリエステル基板、ポリイミド基板、BTレジン基板、熱硬化型ポリフェニレンエーテル基板等が挙げられる。なお、ここで回路基板とは、上記のような支持基板の片面又は両面にパターン加工された導体層(回路)が形成された基板をいう。また導体層と絶縁層とを交互に積層してなる多層プリント配線板において、該多層プリント配線板の最外層の片面又は両面がパターン加工された導体層(回路)となっている基板も、ここでいう回路基板に含まれる。なお導体層表面には、黒化処理、銅エッチング等により予め粗化処理が施されていてもよい。 Examples of circuit boards include glass epoxy substrates, metal substrates, polyester substrates, polyimide substrates, BT resin substrates, thermosetting polyphenylene ether substrates, and the like. Here, the term "circuit board" refers to a board having a patterned conductor layer (circuit) formed on one or both sides of the support board as described above. In addition, in a multilayer printed wiring board formed by alternately laminating conductor layers and insulating layers, a substrate in which one or both sides of the outermost layer of the multilayer printed wiring board is a patterned conductor layer (circuit) is also included here. included in the circuit board. The surface of the conductor layer may be roughened in advance by blackening treatment, copper etching, or the like.
 一方、樹脂フィルムを用いる場合には、樹脂組成物層側を、真空ラミネーターを用いて回路基板の片面又は両面にラミネートする。ラミネート工程において、樹脂フィルムが保護フィルムを有している場合には該保護フィルムを除去した後、必要に応じて樹脂フィルム及び回路基板をプレヒートし、樹脂組成物層を加圧及び加熱しながら回路基板に圧着する。樹脂フィルムにおいては、真空ラミネート法により減圧下で回路基板にラミネートする方法が好適に用いられる。 On the other hand, when using a resin film, the resin composition layer side is laminated on one side or both sides of the circuit board using a vacuum laminator. In the lamination step, when the resin film has a protective film, after removing the protective film, the resin film and the circuit board are preheated as necessary, and the circuit is formed while pressing and heating the resin composition layer. Press onto the board. For the resin film, a method of laminating it on a circuit board under reduced pressure by a vacuum lamination method is preferably used.
 ラミネートの条件は、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、圧着温度(ラミネート温度)を好ましくは70℃~140℃とし、圧着圧力を好ましくは1kgf/cm~11kgf/cm(9.8×10N/m~107.9×10N/m)、圧着時間を好ましくは5秒間~300秒間とし、空気圧を20mmHg(26.7hPa)以下とする減圧下でラミネートすることが好ましい。また、ラミネート工程は、バッチ式であってもロールを用いる連続式であってもよい。真空ラミネート法は、市販の真空ラミネーターを使用して行うことができる。市販の真空ラミネーターとしては、例えば、ニッコー・マテリアルズ社製バキュームアップリケーター、名機製作所社製真空加圧式ラミネーター、日立インダストリイズ社製ロール式ドライコータ、日立エーアイーシー社製真空ラミネーター等を挙げることができる。 Although the conditions for lamination are not particularly limited, for example, the crimping temperature (laminating temperature) is preferably 70° C. to 140° C., and the crimping pressure is preferably 1 kgf/cm 2 to 11 kgf/cm 2 (9.8 ×10 4 N/m 2 to 107.9×10 4 N/m 2 ), the pressure bonding time is preferably 5 seconds to 300 seconds, and the air pressure is 20 mmHg (26.7 hPa) or less. preferable. Moreover, the lamination process may be of a batch type or a continuous type using rolls. A vacuum lamination method can be performed using a commercially available vacuum laminator. Commercially available vacuum laminators include, for example, a vacuum applicator manufactured by Nikko Materials, a vacuum pressurized laminator manufactured by Meiki Seisakusho, a roll-type dry coater manufactured by Hitachi Industries, and a vacuum laminator manufactured by Hitachi AIC. be able to.
<工程(II)>
 回路基板上に樹脂組成物層が設けられた後、次いで、マスクパターンを通して、樹脂組成物層の所定部分に活性光線を照射する露光工程を行う。活性光線としては、例えば、紫外線、可視光線、電子線、X線等が挙げられ、特に紫外線が好ましい。紫外線の照射量はおおむね10mJ/cm~1000mJ/cmである。露光方法にはマスクパターンを回路基板に密着させて行う接触露光法と、密着させずに平行光線を使用して露光する非接触露光法とがあるが、どちらを用いてもかまわない。
<Step (II)>
After the resin composition layer is provided on the circuit board, an exposure step is performed in which a predetermined portion of the resin composition layer is irradiated with actinic rays through a mask pattern. Actinic rays include, for example, ultraviolet rays, visible rays, electron beams, X-rays, and the like, and ultraviolet rays are particularly preferred. The irradiation dose of ultraviolet rays is approximately 10 mJ/cm 2 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 . The exposure method includes a contact exposure method in which a mask pattern is brought into close contact with a circuit board and a non-contact exposure method in which a parallel light beam is used for exposure without close contact.
 工程(II)では、マスクパターンとして、例えば、丸穴パターン等のビアパターンを用いてビアを形成することができる。ビア径(開口径)としては、好ましくは100μm以下、より好ましくは50μm以下、さらに好ましくは30μm以下である。下限は特に限定されないが、0.1μm以上、0.5μm以上等としうる。 In step (II), vias can be formed using, for example, a via pattern such as a round hole pattern as the mask pattern. The via diameter (opening diameter) is preferably 100 μm or less, more preferably 50 μm or less, and even more preferably 30 μm or less. Although the lower limit is not particularly limited, it can be 0.1 μm or more, 0.5 μm or more, or the like.
<工程(III)>
 露光工程後、樹脂組成物層の露光されなかった部分を現像液により除去する現像工程を行うことにより、パターンを形成することができる。現像は、通常ウェット現像により行う。
<Step (III)>
After the exposure step, a pattern can be formed by performing a development step of removing the unexposed portions of the resin composition layer with a developer. Development is usually carried out by wet development.
 上記ウェット現像の場合、現像液としては、アルカリ性溶液、水系現像液、有機溶剤等の安全かつ安定であり操作性が良好な現像液が用いられる。また、現像方法としては、スプレー、揺動浸漬、ブラッシング、スクラッピング等の公知の方法が適宜採用される。 In the case of the wet development, safe and stable developing solutions with good operability, such as alkaline solutions, aqueous developing solutions, and organic solvents, are used. As a developing method, known methods such as spraying, rocking immersion, brushing, scraping, and the like are appropriately adopted.
 現像液として使用されるアルカリ性水溶液としては、例えば、水酸化リチウム、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム等のアルカリ金属水酸化物、炭酸ナトリウム、重炭酸ナトリウム等の炭酸塩又は重炭酸塩、リン酸ナトリウム、リン酸カリウム等のアルカリ金属リン酸塩、ピロリン酸ナトリウム、ピロリン酸カリウム等のアルカリ金属ピロリン酸塩の水溶液や、水酸化テトラアルキルアンモニウム等の金属イオンを含有しない有機塩基の水溶液が挙げられ、金属イオンを含有せず、半導体チップに影響を与えないという点で水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム(TMAH)の水溶液が好ましい。 Examples of the alkaline aqueous solution used as the developer include alkali metal hydroxides such as lithium hydroxide, sodium hydroxide and potassium hydroxide; carbonates or bicarbonates such as sodium carbonate and sodium bicarbonate; and sodium phosphate. , alkali metal phosphates such as potassium phosphate, aqueous solutions of alkali metal pyrophosphates such as sodium pyrophosphate and potassium pyrophosphate, and aqueous solutions of organic bases containing no metal ions such as tetraalkylammonium hydroxide, An aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) is preferable because it does not contain metal ions and does not affect the semiconductor chip.
 これらのアルカリ性水溶液には、現像効果の向上のため、界面活性剤、消泡剤等を含むことができる。上記アルカリ性水溶液のpHは、例えば、8~12の範囲であることが好ましく、9~11の範囲であることがより好ましい。また、上記アルカリ性水溶液の塩基濃度は、0.1質量%~10質量%とすることが好ましい。上記アルカリ性水溶液の温度は、樹脂組成物層の現像性に合わせて適宜選択することができるが、20℃~50℃とすることが好ましい。 These alkaline aqueous solutions can contain surfactants, antifoaming agents, etc. in order to improve the development effect. The pH of the alkaline aqueous solution is, for example, preferably in the range of 8-12, more preferably in the range of 9-11. Further, the base concentration of the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass. The temperature of the alkaline aqueous solution can be appropriately selected according to the developability of the resin composition layer, but is preferably 20°C to 50°C.
 現像液として使用される有機溶剤は、例えば、アセトン、酢酸エチル、炭素原子数1~4のアルコキシ基を有するアルコキシエタノール、エチルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、ブチルアルコール、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノンである。 Organic solvents used as developers include, for example, acetone, ethyl acetate, alkoxyethanol having an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, butyl alcohol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and diethylene glycol. They are monobutyl ether, cyclopentanone and cyclohexanone.
 このような有機溶剤の濃度は、現像液全量に対して2質量%~90質量%であることが好ましい。また、このような有機溶剤の温度は、現像性にあわせて調節することができる。さらに、このような有機溶剤は単独で又は2種類以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。単独で用いる有機溶剤系現像液としては、例えば、1,1,1-トリクロロエタン、N-メチルピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、シクロヘキサノン、メチルイソブチルケトン、γ-ブチロラクトンが挙げられる。 The concentration of such an organic solvent is preferably 2% by mass to 90% by mass with respect to the total amount of the developer. Moreover, the temperature of such an organic solvent can be adjusted according to the developability. Furthermore, such organic solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Organic solvent-based developers used alone include, for example, 1,1,1-trichloroethane, N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylformamide, cyclohexanone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and γ-butyrolactone.
 パターン形成においては、必要に応じて、2種類以上の現像方法を併用して用いてもよい。現像の方式には、ディップ方式、バトル方式、スプレー方式、高圧スプレー方式、ブラッシング、スラッピング等があり、高圧スプレー方式が解像度向上のためには好適である。スプレー方式を採用する場合のスプレー圧としては、0.05MPa~0.3MPaが好ましい。 In pattern formation, if necessary, two or more developing methods may be used in combination. Development methods include a dip method, a battle method, a spray method, a high-pressure spray method, brushing, slapping, etc. The high-pressure spray method is suitable for improving resolution. When the spray method is employed, the spray pressure is preferably 0.05 MPa to 0.3 MPa.
<熱硬化(ポストベーク)工程>
 上記工程(III)終了後、必要に応じて、熱硬化(ポストベーク)工程を行う。上述した工程(I)~(III)において樹脂組成物層の硬化が進行することはありえるが、熱硬化工程により樹脂組成物の硬化を更に進行させて、機械的強度も優れる絶縁層を得ることができる。ポストベーク工程としては、クリーンオーブンを用いた加熱工程等が挙げられる。熱硬化時の雰囲気は、空気中であっても良いし、窒素などの不活性気体雰囲気下でも良い。また加熱の条件は、樹脂組成物中の樹脂成分の種類、含有量などに応じて適宜選択すればよいが、好ましくは150℃~250℃で20分間~180分間の範囲、より好ましくは160℃~230℃で30分間~120分間の範囲で選択される。
<Thermal curing (post-baking) process>
After completion of the step (III), a heat curing (post-baking) step is performed as necessary. Although curing of the resin composition layer may progress in the above-described steps (I) to (III), it is possible to further progress the curing of the resin composition in the thermosetting step to obtain an insulating layer having excellent mechanical strength. can be done. The post-baking process includes a heating process using a clean oven. The atmosphere during thermosetting may be in the air or in an inert gas atmosphere such as nitrogen. The heating conditions may be appropriately selected according to the type and content of the resin component in the resin composition, but are preferably 150° C. to 250° C. for 20 minutes to 180 minutes, more preferably 160° C. ~230°C for 30 minutes to 120 minutes.
<その他の工程>
 半導体パッケージ基板の製造方法は、硬化した樹脂組成物層として絶縁層を形成後、さらに穴あけ工程、デスミア工程を含んでもよい。これらの工程は、半導体パッケージ基板の製造に用いられる、当業者に公知の各種方法に従って実施してよい。
<Other processes>
The method for manufacturing a semiconductor package substrate may further include a drilling step and a desmear step after forming an insulating layer as a cured resin composition layer. These steps may be performed according to various methods known to those skilled in the art for use in the manufacture of semiconductor package substrates.
 絶縁層を形成した後、所望により、回路基板上に形成された絶縁層に穴あけ工程を行ってビアホール、スルーホールを形成する。穴あけ工程は、例えば、ドリル、レーザー、プラズマ等の公知の方法により、また必要によりこれらの方法を組み合わせて行うことができるが、炭酸ガスレーザー、YAGレーザー等のレーザーによる穴あけ工程が好ましい。 After forming the insulating layer, if desired, the insulating layer formed on the circuit board is subjected to a drilling process to form via holes and through holes. The drilling step can be carried out by a known method such as drilling, laser, plasma, or a combination of these methods if necessary, but a drilling step using a laser such as a carbon dioxide gas laser or a YAG laser is preferred.
 デスミア工程は、デスミア処理する工程である。穴あけ工程において形成された開口部内部には、一般に、樹脂残渣(スミア)が付着している。斯かるスミアは、電気接続不良の原因となるため、この工程においてスミアを除去する処理(デスミア処理)を実施する。 The desmear process is a desmear process. Resin residue (smear) generally adheres to the inside of the opening formed in the drilling process. Since such smears cause electrical connection failures, processing for removing smears (desmear processing) is performed in this step.
 デスミア処理は、乾式デスミア処理、湿式デスミア処理又はこれらの組み合わせによって実施してよい。 Desmearing may be performed by dry desmearing, wet desmearing, or a combination thereof.
 乾式デスミア処理としては、例えば、プラズマを用いたデスミア処理等が挙げられる。プラズマを用いたデスミア処理は、市販のプラズマデスミア処理装置を使用して実施することができる。市販のプラズマデスミア処理装置の中でも、半導体パッケージ基板の製造用途に好適な例として、ニッシン社製のマイクロ波プラズマ装置、積水化学工業社製の常圧プラズマエッチング装置等が挙げられる。 Examples of dry desmear treatment include desmear treatment using plasma. Desmearing using plasma can be performed using a commercially available plasma desmearing device. Among commercially available plasma desmear processing apparatuses, suitable examples for use in manufacturing semiconductor package substrates include a microwave plasma apparatus manufactured by Nissin Co., Ltd., and an atmospheric pressure plasma etching apparatus manufactured by Sekisui Chemical Co., Ltd., and the like.
 湿式デスミア処理としては、例えば、酸化剤溶液を用いたデスミア処理等が挙げられる。酸化剤溶液を用いてデスミア処理する場合、膨潤液による膨潤処理、酸化剤溶液による酸化処理、中和液による中和処理をこの順に行うことが好ましい。膨潤液としては、例えば、アトテックジャパン社製の「スウェリング・ディップ・セキュリガンスP」、「スウェリング・ディップ・セキュリガンスSBU」等を挙げることができる。膨潤処理は、ビアホール等の形成された基板を、60℃~80℃に加熱した膨潤液に5分間~10分間浸漬させることにより行うことが好ましい。酸化剤溶液としては、アルカリ性過マンガン酸水溶液が好ましく、例えば、水酸化ナトリウムの水溶液に過マンガン酸カリウムや過マンガン酸ナトリウムを溶解した溶液を挙げることができる。酸化剤溶液による酸化処理は、膨潤処理後の基板を、60℃~80℃に加熱した酸化剤溶液に10分間~30分間浸漬させることにより行うことが好ましい。アルカリ性過マンガン酸水溶液の市販品としては、例えば、アトテックジャパン社製の「コンセントレート・コンパクトCP」、「ド-ジングソリューション・セキュリガンスP」等が挙げられる。中和液による中和処理は、酸化処理後の基板を、30℃~50℃の中和液に3分間~10分間浸漬させることにより行うことが好ましい。中和液としては、酸性の水溶液が好ましく、市販品としては、例えば、アトテックジャパン社製の「リダクションソリューション・セキュリガントP」が挙げられる。 Wet desmear treatment includes, for example, desmear treatment using an oxidizing agent solution. When the desmear treatment is performed using the oxidant solution, it is preferable to perform the swelling treatment with the swelling liquid, the oxidation treatment with the oxidant solution, and the neutralization treatment with the neutralization solution in this order. Examples of the swelling liquid include "Swelling Dip Securigans P" and "Swelling Dip Securigans SBU" manufactured by Atotech Japan. The swelling treatment is preferably carried out by immersing the substrate having via holes and the like formed therein in a swelling liquid heated to 60° C. to 80° C. for 5 to 10 minutes. As the oxidizing agent solution, an aqueous alkaline permanganate solution is preferable. For example, a solution obtained by dissolving potassium permanganate or sodium permanganate in an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide can be mentioned. The oxidation treatment with the oxidizing agent solution is preferably performed by immersing the substrate after the swelling treatment in the oxidizing agent solution heated to 60° C. to 80° C. for 10 minutes to 30 minutes. Examples of commercially available alkaline permanganate aqueous solutions include "Concentrate Compact CP" and "Dosing Solution Security P" manufactured by Atotech Japan. The neutralization treatment with the neutralizing solution is preferably carried out by immersing the substrate after the oxidation treatment in the neutralizing solution at 30° C. to 50° C. for 3 to 10 minutes. As the neutralizing liquid, an acidic aqueous solution is preferable, and commercially available products include, for example, "Reduction Solution Securigant P" manufactured by Atotech Japan.
 乾式デスミア処理と湿式デスミア処理を組み合わせて実施する場合、乾式デスミア処理を先に実施してもよく、湿式デスミア処理を先に実施してもよい。 When performing dry desmear treatment and wet desmear treatment in combination, dry desmear treatment may be performed first, or wet desmear treatment may be performed first.
 絶縁層を、再配線形成層、層間絶縁層、及びソルダーレジストのいずれとして形成する場合でも、熱硬化工程後に、穴あけ工程及びデスミア工程を行ってもよい。また、半導体パッケージ基板の製造方法では、更に、メッキ工程を行ってもよい。 Regardless of whether the insulating layer is formed as a rewiring forming layer, an interlayer insulating layer, or a solder resist, a drilling step and a desmear step may be performed after the thermosetting step. Moreover, in the method for manufacturing a semiconductor package substrate, a plating step may be further performed.
 メッキ工程は、絶縁層上に導体層を形成する工程である。導体層は、絶縁層形成後にスパッタにより導体層を形成してもよく、無電解メッキと電解メッキとを組み合わせて形成してもよく、また、導体層とは逆パターンのメッキレジストを形成し、無電解メッキのみで導体層を形成してもよい。その後のパターン形成の方法として、例えば、当業者に公知のサブトラクティブ法、セミアディティブ法などを用いることができる。 The plating process is a process of forming a conductor layer on an insulating layer. The conductor layer may be formed by sputtering after forming the insulating layer, or may be formed by combining electroless plating and electrolytic plating, or forming a plating resist having a pattern opposite to that of the conductor layer, The conductor layer may be formed only by electroless plating. As a method for subsequent pattern formation, for example, a subtractive method, a semi-additive method, or the like known to those skilled in the art can be used.
 本発明の第2実施形態に係る半導体パッケージ基板は、上述の樹脂組成物を用いて製造することができ、樹脂組成物の硬化物は再配線形成層として用いられる。具体的には、半導体パッケージ基板の製造方法は、
 (A)基材に仮固定フィルムを積層する工程、
 (B)半導体チップを、仮固定フィルム上に仮固定する工程、
 (C)半導体チップ上に封止層を形成する工程、
 (D)基材及び仮固定フィルムを半導体チップから剥離する工程、
 (E)半導体チップの基材及び仮固定フィルムを剥離した面に、絶縁層としての再配線形成層を形成する工程、
 (F)再配線形成層上に、導体層としての再配線層を形成する工程、並びに、
 (G)再配線層上にソルダーレジスト層を形成する工程、
 を含む。また、前記の半導体チップパッケージの製造方法は、
 (H)複数の半導体チップパッケージを、個々の半導体チップパッケージにダイシングし、個片化する工程、
 を含んでいてもよい。
A semiconductor package substrate according to the second embodiment of the present invention can be manufactured using the resin composition described above, and a cured product of the resin composition is used as a rewiring formation layer. Specifically, the method for manufacturing a semiconductor package substrate includes:
(A) a step of laminating a temporary fixing film on a substrate;
(B) temporarily fixing the semiconductor chip on the temporary fixing film;
(C) forming a sealing layer on the semiconductor chip;
(D) a step of peeling the substrate and the temporary fixing film from the semiconductor chip;
(E) forming a rewiring formation layer as an insulating layer on the surface of the semiconductor chip from which the substrate and the temporary fixing film have been removed;
(F) forming a rewiring layer as a conductor layer on the rewiring forming layer;
(G) forming a solder resist layer on the rewiring layer;
including. Further, the method for manufacturing the semiconductor chip package includes:
(H) a step of dicing a plurality of semiconductor chip packages into individual semiconductor chip packages and singulating them;
may contain
<工程(A)>
 工程(A)は、基材に仮固定フィルムを積層する工程である。基材と仮固定フィルムとの積層条件は、特に限定されるものではないが、例えば、圧着温度(ラミネート温度)を好ましくは70℃~140℃とし、圧着圧力を好ましくは1kgf/cm~11kgf/cm、圧着時間を好ましくは5秒間~300秒間とし、空気圧を20mmHg以下とする減圧下でラミネートするのが好ましい。また、ラミネート工程は、バッチ式であってもロールを用いる連続式であってもよい。真空ラミネート法は、市販の真空ラミネーターを使用して行うことができる。市販の真空ラミネーターとしては、例えば、ニッコー・マテリアルズ社製バキュームアップリケーター、名機製作所社製真空加圧式ラミネーター、日立インダストリイズ社製ロール式ドライコータ、日立エーアイーシー社製真空ラミネーター等を挙げることができる。
<Step (A)>
Step (A) is a step of laminating a temporary fixing film on a substrate. The conditions for laminating the substrate and the temporary fixing film are not particularly limited, but for example, the pressure bonding temperature (laminating temperature) is preferably 70° C. to 140° C., and the pressure bonding pressure is preferably 1 kgf/cm 2 to 11 kgf. /cm 2 , the pressure bonding time is preferably 5 seconds to 300 seconds, and the lamination is preferably performed under a reduced pressure of 20 mmHg or less. Moreover, the lamination process may be of a batch type or a continuous type using rolls. A vacuum lamination method can be performed using a commercially available vacuum laminator. Commercially available vacuum laminators include, for example, a vacuum applicator manufactured by Nikko Materials, a vacuum pressurized laminator manufactured by Meiki Seisakusho, a roll-type dry coater manufactured by Hitachi Industries, and a vacuum laminator manufactured by Hitachi AIC. be able to.
 基材としては、例えば、シリコンウェハ;ガラスウェハ;ガラス基板;銅、チタン、ステンレス、冷間圧延鋼板(SPCC)等の金属基板;FR-4基板等の、ガラス繊維にエポキシ樹脂等をしみこませ熱硬化処理した基板;BT樹脂等のビスマレイミドトリアジン樹脂からなる基板;などが挙げられる。 Examples of substrates include silicon wafers; glass wafers; glass substrates; metal substrates such as copper, titanium, stainless steel and cold-rolled steel plate (SPCC); FR-4 substrates and the like; A heat-cured substrate; a substrate made of bismaleimide triazine resin such as BT resin; and the like.
 仮固定フィルムは、半導体チップから剥離でき、且つ、半導体チップを仮固定することができる任意の材料を用いうる。市販品としては、日東電工社製「リヴァアルファ」等が挙げられる。 Any material that can be peeled off from the semiconductor chip and that can temporarily fix the semiconductor chip can be used for the temporary fixing film. Commercially available products include "Riva Alpha" manufactured by Nitto Denko Corporation.
<工程(B)>
 工程(B)は、半導体チップを、仮固定フィルム上に仮固定する工程である。半導体チップの仮固定は、例えば、フリップチップボンダー、ダイボンダー等の装置を用いて行うことができる。半導体チップの配置のレイアウト及び配置数は、仮固定フィルムの形状、大きさ、目的とする半導体パッケージの生産数等に応じて適切に設定できる。例えば、複数行で、かつ複数列のマトリックス状に半導体チップを整列させて、仮固定してもよい。
<Step (B)>
Step (B) is a step of temporarily fixing the semiconductor chip on the temporary fixing film. Temporary fixing of the semiconductor chip can be performed using a device such as a flip chip bonder, a die bonder, or the like. The layout and the number of semiconductor chips to be arranged can be appropriately set according to the shape and size of the temporary fixing film, the target production volume of the semiconductor package, and the like. For example, the semiconductor chips may be arranged in a matrix of multiple rows and multiple columns and temporarily fixed.
<工程(C)>
 工程(C)は、半導体チップ上に封止層を形成する工程である。封止層は、絶縁性を有する任意の材料を用いることができ、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いてもよい。封止層は、通常、半導体チップ上に封止用樹脂組成物層を形成する工程と、この樹脂組成物層を熱硬化又は光硬化させて封止層を形成する工程とを含む方法で形成する。
<Step (C)>
Step (C) is a step of forming a sealing layer on the semiconductor chip. Any insulating material can be used for the sealing layer, and the resin composition of the present invention may be used. The encapsulating layer is usually formed by a method comprising the steps of forming a sealing resin composition layer on the semiconductor chip and thermally or photocuring the resin composition layer to form the encapsulating layer. do.
 封止用樹脂組成物層の形成は、圧縮成型法によって行うことが好ましい。圧縮成型法では、通常、半導体チップ及び封止用樹脂組成物を型に配置し、その型内で封止用樹脂組成物に圧力及び必要に応じて熱を加えて、半導体チップを覆う封止用樹脂組成物層を形成する。 The formation of the encapsulating resin composition layer is preferably carried out by compression molding. In the compression molding method, the semiconductor chip and the encapsulating resin composition are usually placed in a mold, and pressure and, if necessary, heat are applied to the encapsulating resin composition in the mold to seal the semiconductor chip. forming a resin composition layer for
 圧縮成型法の具体的な操作は、例えば、下記のようにし得る。圧縮成型用の型として、上型及び下型を用意する。また、前記のように仮固定フィルム上に仮固定された半導体チップに、封止用樹脂組成物を塗布する。封止用樹脂組成物を塗布された半導体チップを、基材及び仮固定フィルムと一緒に、下型に取り付ける。その後、上型と下型とを型締めして、封止用樹脂組成物に熱及び圧力を加えて、圧縮成型を行う。 The specific operation of the compression molding method can be, for example, as follows. An upper mold and a lower mold are prepared as molds for compression molding. In addition, the sealing resin composition is applied to the semiconductor chip temporarily fixed on the temporary fixing film as described above. The semiconductor chip coated with the encapsulating resin composition is attached to the lower mold together with the substrate and the temporary fixing film. Thereafter, the upper mold and the lower mold are clamped, and heat and pressure are applied to the encapsulating resin composition for compression molding.
 また、圧縮成型法の具体的な操作は、例えば、下記のようにしてもよい。圧縮成型用の型として、上型及び下型を用意する。下型に、封止用樹脂組成物を載せる。また、上型に、半導体チップを、基材及び仮固定フィルムと一緒に取り付ける。その後、下型に載った封止用樹脂組成物が上型に取り付けられた半導体チップに接するように上型と下型とを型締めし、熱及び圧力を加えて、圧縮成型を行う。 Also, the specific operation of the compression molding method may be, for example, as follows. An upper mold and a lower mold are prepared as molds for compression molding. A sealing resin composition is placed on the lower mold. Also, the semiconductor chip is attached to the upper mold together with the base material and the temporary fixing film. After that, the upper mold and the lower mold are clamped so that the sealing resin composition placed on the lower mold is in contact with the semiconductor chip attached to the upper mold, and heat and pressure are applied to perform compression molding.
 成型条件は、封止用樹脂組成物の組成により異なり、良好な封止が達成されるように適切な条件を採用できる。例えば、成型時の型の温度は、封止用樹脂組成物が優れた圧縮成型性を発揮できる温度が好ましく、好ましくは80℃以上、より好ましくは100℃以上、特に好ましくは120℃以上であり、好ましくは200℃以下、より好ましくは170℃以下、特に好ましくは150℃以下である。また、成形時に加える圧力は、好ましくは1MPa以上、より好ましくは3MPa以上、特に好ましくは5MPa以上であり、好ましくは50MPa以下、より好ましくは30MPa以下、特に好ましくは20MPa以下である。キュアタイムは、好ましくは1分以上、より好ましくは2分以上、特に好ましくは5分以上であり、好ましくは60分以下、より好ましくは30分以下、特に好ましくは20分以下である。通常、封止用樹脂組成物層の形成後、型は取り外される。型の取り外しは、封止用樹脂組成物層の熱硬化前に行ってもよく、熱硬化後に行ってもよい。 The molding conditions differ depending on the composition of the encapsulating resin composition, and suitable conditions can be adopted so as to achieve good encapsulation. For example, the temperature of the mold during molding is preferably a temperature at which the encapsulating resin composition can exhibit excellent compression moldability, preferably 80° C. or higher, more preferably 100° C. or higher, and particularly preferably 120° C. or higher. , preferably 200° C. or lower, more preferably 170° C. or lower, particularly preferably 150° C. or lower. The pressure applied during molding is preferably 1 MPa or higher, more preferably 3 MPa or higher, particularly preferably 5 MPa or higher, and preferably 50 MPa or lower, more preferably 30 MPa or lower, and particularly preferably 20 MPa or lower. The curing time is preferably 1 minute or longer, more preferably 2 minutes or longer, particularly preferably 5 minutes or longer, and preferably 60 minutes or shorter, more preferably 30 minutes or shorter, and particularly preferably 20 minutes or shorter. Usually, the mold is removed after forming the encapsulating resin composition layer. The mold may be removed before or after heat curing of the encapsulating resin composition layer.
 圧縮成型法は、カートリッジ内に充填した封止用樹脂組成物を下型に吐出させることによって行ってもよい。 The compression molding method may be performed by discharging the sealing resin composition filled in the cartridge into the lower mold.
<工程(D)>
 工程(D)は、基材及び仮固定フィルムを半導体チップから剥離する工程である。剥離方法は、仮固定フィルムの材質に応じた適切な方法を採用することが望ましい。剥離方法としては、例えば、仮固定フィルムを加熱、発泡又は膨張させて剥離する方法が挙げられる。また、剥離方法としては、例えば、基材を通して仮固定フィルムに紫外線を照射して、仮固定フィルムの粘着力を低下させて剥離する方法が挙げられる。
<Step (D)>
Step (D) is a step of peeling off the substrate and the temporary fixing film from the semiconductor chip. As for the peeling method, it is desirable to employ an appropriate method according to the material of the temporary fixing film. Examples of the peeling method include a method of heating, foaming, or expanding the temporary fixing film to peel it. Moreover, as a peeling method, for example, a method of irradiating the temporary fixing film with ultraviolet rays through the base material to reduce the adhesive strength of the temporary fixing film and peel it off can be used.
 仮固定フィルムを加熱、発泡又は膨張させて剥離する方法において、加熱条件は、通常、100℃~250℃で1秒間~90秒間又は5分間~15分間である。また、紫外線を照射して仮固定フィルムの粘着力を低下させて剥離する方法において、紫外線の照射量は、通常、10mJ/cm~1000mJ/cmである。 In the method of peeling by heating, foaming or expanding the temporary fixing film, the heating conditions are usually 100° C. to 250° C. for 1 second to 90 seconds or 5 minutes to 15 minutes. In the method of removing the temporary fixing film by irradiating with ultraviolet rays to reduce the adhesive strength of the temporary fixing film, the irradiation dose of ultraviolet rays is usually 10 mJ/cm 2 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 .
<工程(E)>
 工程(E)は、半導体チップの基材及び仮固定フィルムを剥離した面に、絶縁層としての再配線形成層を形成する工程である。再配線形成層は、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いる。再配線形成層の形成方法は、第1実施形態における工程(I)の樹脂組成物層の形成方法と同様である。
<Step (E)>
Step (E) is a step of forming a rewiring forming layer as an insulating layer on the surface of the semiconductor chip from which the substrate and the temporary fixing film have been removed. The resin composition of the present invention is used for the rewiring formation layer. The method for forming the rewiring formation layer is the same as the method for forming the resin composition layer in step (I) in the first embodiment.
 再配線形成層を形成するとき、半導体チップと再配線層とを層間接続するために、再配線形成層にビアホールを形成してもよい。 When forming the rewiring layer, a via hole may be formed in the rewiring layer in order to connect the semiconductor chip and the rewiring layer between layers.
 ビアホールは、通常、再配線形成層の形成のための樹脂組成物層の表面に、マスクパターンを通して活性光線を照射する露光工程と、活性光線が照射されていない非露光部を現像して除去する現像工程と、を行うことで形成することができる。活性光線の照射量及び照射時間は、樹脂組成物層に応じて適切に設定できる。露光方法としては、例えば、マスクパターンを樹脂組成物層に密着させて露光する接触露光法、マスクパターンを樹脂組成物層に密着させずに平行光線を使用して露光する非接触露光法等が挙げられる。活性光線、アルカリ水溶液、露光現像方法は上記したとおりである。 The via hole is usually formed by exposing the surface of the resin composition layer for forming the rewiring layer through a mask pattern and irradiating actinic rays through a mask pattern, and developing and removing the non-exposed areas that are not irradiated with actinic rays. It can be formed by performing a developing step. The irradiation dose and irradiation time of actinic rays can be appropriately set according to the resin composition layer. Examples of the exposure method include a contact exposure method in which a mask pattern is brought into close contact with the resin composition layer for exposure, and a non-contact exposure method in which a mask pattern is not brought into close contact with the resin composition layer for exposure using parallel light rays. mentioned. The actinic ray, alkaline aqueous solution, and exposure/development method are as described above.
 ビアホールの形状は、特に限定されないが、一般的には円形(略円形)とされる。ビアホールのトップ径は、好ましくは50μm以下、より好ましくは30μm以下、さらに好ましくは20μm以下であり、好ましくは0.1μm以上、好ましくは0.5μm以上、より好ましくは1.0μm以上である。ここで、ビアホールのトップ径とは、再配線形成層の表面でのビアホールの開口の直径をいう。 The shape of the via hole is not particularly limited, but is generally circular (substantially circular). The top diameter of the via hole is preferably 50 μm or less, more preferably 30 μm or less, still more preferably 20 μm or less, and preferably 0.1 μm or more, preferably 0.5 μm or more, and more preferably 1.0 μm or more. Here, the top diameter of the via hole means the diameter of the opening of the via hole on the surface of the rewiring layer.
<工程(F)>
 工程(F)は、再配線形成層上に、導体層としての再配線層を形成する工程である。再配線形成層上に再配線層を形成する方法は、第1実施形態における絶縁層上への導体層の形成方法と同様でありうる。また、工程(E)及び工程(F)を繰り返し行い、再配線層及び再配線形成層を交互に積み上げて(ビルドアップ)もよい。
<Step (F)>
Step (F) is a step of forming a rewiring layer as a conductor layer on the rewiring formation layer. The method of forming the rewiring layer on the rewiring forming layer can be the same as the method of forming the conductor layer on the insulating layer in the first embodiment. Alternatively, the steps (E) and (F) may be repeated to alternately build up the rewiring layers and the rewiring formation layers (build-up).
<工程(G)>
 工程(G)は、再配線層上にソルダーレジスト層を形成する工程である。ソルダーレジスト層の材料は、絶縁性を有する任意の材料を用いることができる。中でも、半導体チップパッケージの製造のしやすさの観点から、感光性樹脂及び熱硬化性樹脂が好ましい。また、本発明の樹脂組成物を用いてもよい。
<Step (G)>
Step (G) is a step of forming a solder resist layer on the rewiring layer. Any insulating material can be used as the material of the solder resist layer. Among them, photosensitive resins and thermosetting resins are preferable from the viewpoint of easiness in manufacturing semiconductor chip packages. Moreover, you may use the resin composition of this invention.
 また、工程(G)では、必要に応じて、バンプを形成するバンピング加工を行ってもよい。バンピング加工は、半田ボール、半田めっきなどの方法で行うことができる。また、バンピング加工におけるビアホールの形成は、工程(E)と同様に行うことができる。 Also, in step (G), a bumping process for forming bumps may be performed as necessary. Bumping can be performed by a method such as solder balls or solder plating. Formation of via holes in the bumping process can be performed in the same manner as in step (E).
 半導体チップパッケージの製造方法は、工程(A)~(G)以外に、工程(H)を含んでいてもよい。工程(H)は、複数の半導体チップパッケージを個々の半導体チップパッケージにダイシングし、個片化する工程である。半導体チップパッケージを個々の半導体チップパッケージにダイシングする方法は特に限定されない。 The method for manufacturing a semiconductor chip package may include step (H) in addition to steps (A) to (G). Step (H) is a step of dicing a plurality of semiconductor chip packages into individual semiconductor chip packages to separate them into pieces. The method of dicing the semiconductor chip package into individual semiconductor chip packages is not particularly limited.
<半導体装置>
 本発明の半導体装置は、本発明の半導体チップパッケージを含む。半導体チップパッケージが実装された半導体装置としては、例えば、電気製品(例えば、コンピューター、携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレット型デバイス、ウェラブルデバイス、デジタルカメラ、医療機器、及びテレビ等)及び乗物(例えば、自動二輪車、自動車、電車、船舶及び航空機等)等に供される各種半導体装置が挙げられる。
<Semiconductor device>
A semiconductor device of the present invention includes the semiconductor chip package of the present invention. Semiconductor devices mounted with semiconductor chip packages include, for example, electrical products (e.g., computers, mobile phones, smartphones, tablet devices, wearable devices, digital cameras, medical equipment, televisions, etc.) and vehicles (e.g., automatic (motorcycles, automobiles, trains, ships, aircraft, etc.).
 以下、本発明を実施例により具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらの実施例に限定されるものではない。なお、以下の記載において、量を表す「部」及び「%」は、別途明示のない限り、それぞれ「質量部」及び「質量%」を意味する。特に温度の指定が無い場合の温度条件は、室温(23℃)下であり、特に圧力の指定が無い場合の圧力条件は、大気圧(1atm)下である。重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー法により測定されるポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量である。 The present invention will be specifically described below with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. In the following description, "parts" and "%" representing amounts mean "parts by mass" and "% by mass", respectively, unless otherwise specified. The temperature condition is room temperature (23° C.) unless otherwise specified, and the pressure condition is atmospheric pressure (1 atm) unless otherwise specified. A weight average molecular weight is a weight average molecular weight of polystyrene conversion measured by the gel permeation chromatography method.
<比較例A1:ポリエーテル樹脂(A)の合成> <Comparative Example A1: Synthesis of polyether resin (A)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 4,4’-ジフルオロベンゾフェノン21.8g、ハイドロキノン11.0g、炭酸カリウム15.1gを、500mL容量のセパラブルフラスコに入れ、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン150mLを入れ、窒素下、室温下で30分撹拌した。185℃になるまで加温し、3時間重合した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させ、ポリエーテル樹脂(A)を28g得た。ポリエーテル樹脂(A)の分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、重量平均分子量(Mw)は80,000であった。 21.8 g of 4,4'-difluorobenzophenone, 11.0 g of hydroquinone, and 15.1 g of potassium carbonate were placed in a 500 mL separable flask, 150 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes under nitrogen. Stir for a minute. It was heated to 185° C. and polymerized for 3 hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 28 g of polyether resin (A). When the molecular weight of the polyether resin (A) was measured by gel permeation chromatography (converted to standard polystyrene), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 80,000.
<実施例A1:ポリエーテル樹脂(1)の合成> <Example A1: Synthesis of polyether resin (1)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 比較例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(A)31.8g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、ジメチルメチルホスホネート12.4gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、180℃になるまで加温し、5時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(1)を25g得た。ポリエーテル樹脂(1)の分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、重量平均分子量(Mw)は80,000であった。 31.8 g of the polyether resin (A) obtained in Comparative Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, and 12.4 g of dimethylmethylphosphonate were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and heated to 180° C. for 5 hours. Stirred. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 25 g of polyether resin (1). When the molecular weight of polyether resin (1) was measured by gel permeation chromatography (converted to standard polystyrene), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 80,000.
IR(cm-1):2937, 2862, 2370, 2325, 1657, 1593, 1498, 1472, 1444, 1415, 1306, 1278, 1241, 1160, 1112, 1068, 1014, 929, 874, 850, 767, 725, 687, 598, 553, 528 IR (cm -1 ): 2937, 2862, 2370, 2325, 1657, 1593, 1498, 1472, 1444, 1415, 1306, 1278, 1241, 1160, 1112, 1068, 1014, 929, 874, 85 0, 767, 725 , 687, 598, 553, 528
<実施例A2:ポリエーテル樹脂(2)の合成> <Example A2: Synthesis of polyether resin (2)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 比較例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(A)31.8g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、ジエチルベンジルホスホネート22.8gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、180℃になるまで加温し、5時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(2)を30g得た。 31.8 g of the polyether resin (A) obtained in Comparative Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, and 22.8 g of diethylbenzylphosphonate were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, heated to 180° C., and heated for 5 hours. Stirred. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 30 g of polyether resin (2).
<実施例A3:ポリエーテル樹脂(3)の合成> <Example A3: Synthesis of polyether resin (3)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 比較例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(A)31.8g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、ジメチル(2-オキソプロピル)ホスホネート16.6gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、180℃になるまで加温し、5時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(3)を25g得た。 31.8 g of the polyether resin (A) obtained in Comparative Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, and 16.6 g of dimethyl(2-oxopropyl)phosphonate were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and heated to 180°C. Warmed and stirred for 5 hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 25 g of polyether resin (3).
<実施例A4:ポリエーテル樹脂(4)の合成> <Example A4: Synthesis of polyether resin (4)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
 比較例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(A)31.8g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、トリメチルホスホノアセテート16.6gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、180℃になるまで加温し、5時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(4)を29g得た。 31.8 g of the polyether resin (A) obtained in Comparative Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, and 16.6 g of trimethylphosphonoacetate were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and heated to 180° C. Stirred for hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 29 g of polyether resin (4).
<実施例A5:ポリエーテル樹脂(5)の合成> <Example A5: Synthesis of polyether resin (5)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 比較例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(A)31.8g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、ピペラジン0.43g、マロン酸ジメチル13.2gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、140℃になるまで加温し、5時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(5)を28g得た。 31.8 g of the polyether resin (A) obtained in Comparative Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, 0.43 g of piperazine, and 13.2 g of dimethyl malonate were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and heated to 140°C. Warmed and stirred for 5 hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 28 g of polyether resin (5).
<試験例A1:溶解性試験>
 各実施例及び比較例で製造したポリエーテル樹脂を、30質量%となるようにシクロペンタノンに加え、100℃で1時間加熱した。完全に溶解したものを「〇」、完全に溶解しなかったものを「×」と評価した。
<Test Example A1: Solubility test>
The polyether resin produced in each example and comparative example was added to cyclopentanone so as to be 30% by mass, and heated at 100° C. for 1 hour. Those that were completely dissolved were evaluated as "O", and those that were not completely dissolved were evaluated as "X".
<試験例A2:比誘電率(Dk)及び誘電正接(Df)の測定>
 各実施例及び比較例で製造したポリエーテル樹脂を、10質量%となるようにN-メチルピロリドンに加え、100℃で1時間加熱した。次に溶解させたポリマーをアルキド系離型処理付きポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(PETフィルム、リンテック社製「AL-5」、厚さ38μm)の離型面上に、乾燥後の樹脂の層の厚みが20μmとなるようにダイコーターにて均一に塗布し、80~110℃(平均95℃)で5分間乾燥し、180℃で2時間加熱し、支持体であるPETフィルムを剥離することにより硬化フィルムを作製した。
<Test Example A2: Measurement of dielectric constant (Dk) and dielectric loss tangent (Df)>
The polyether resin produced in each example and comparative example was added to N-methylpyrrolidone so as to be 10% by mass, and heated at 100° C. for 1 hour. Next, the dissolved polymer is placed on the release surface of a polyethylene terephthalate film with alkyd release treatment (PET film, “AL-5” manufactured by Lintec, thickness 38 μm), and the thickness of the resin layer after drying is 20 μm. , dried at 80 to 110 ° C. (95 ° C. on average) for 5 minutes, heated at 180 ° C. for 2 hours, and peeled off the PET film as a support to form a cured film. made.
 硬化フィルムから、幅2mm、長さ80mmの試験片を切り取った。切り出した試験片について、アジレントテクノロジーズ(Agilent Technologies)社製の測定装置「HP8362B」を用いて、空洞共振摂動法により、測定周波数5.8GHz、測定温度23℃にて比誘電率(Dk)及び誘電正接(Df)を測定した。 A test piece with a width of 2 mm and a length of 80 mm was cut from the cured film. For the cut test piece, using the measuring device "HP8362B" manufactured by Agilent Technologies, the dielectric constant (Dk) and the dielectric constant (Dk) were determined by the cavity resonance perturbation method at a measurement frequency of 5.8 GHz and a measurement temperature of 23 ° C. Tangent (Df) was measured.
 実施例A1~A5及び比較例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂に対して行った試験例A1及びA2の測定結果及び評価結果を下記表1に示す。 Table 1 below shows the measurement results and evaluation results of Test Examples A1 and A2 performed on the polyether resins obtained in Examples A1 to A5 and Comparative Example A1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
<参考例A1:ポリエーテル樹脂(B)の合成> <Reference Example A1: Synthesis of polyether resin (B)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 4,4’-ジフルオロベンゾフェノン21.8g、t-ブチルヒドロキノン16.6g、炭酸カリウム15.1gを、500mL容量のセパラブルフラスコに入れ、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン150mLを入れ、窒素下、室温下で30分撹拌した。185℃になるまで加温し、3時間重合した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(B)を35g得た。ポリエーテル樹脂(B)の分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、重量平均分子量(Mw)は150,000であった。 21.8 g of 4,4′-difluorobenzophenone, 16.6 g of t-butylhydroquinone, and 15.1 g of potassium carbonate were placed in a 500 mL separable flask, 150 mL of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added, and the mixture was stirred under nitrogen at room temperature. Stirred for 30 min. It was heated to 185° C. and polymerized for 3 hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 35 g of polyether resin (B). When the molecular weight of the polyether resin (B) was measured by gel permeation chromatography (converted to standard polystyrene), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 150,000.
<実施例A6:ポリエーテル樹脂(6)の合成> <Example A6: Synthesis of polyether resin (6)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 参考例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(B)37.4g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、ジメチル(2-オキソプロピル)ホスホネート16.6gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、180℃になるまで加温し、5時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(6)を31g得た。 37.4 g of the polyether resin (B) obtained in Reference Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, and 16.6 g of dimethyl(2-oxopropyl)phosphonate were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and heated to 180°C. Warmed and stirred for 5 hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 31 g of polyether resin (6).
<実施例A7:ポリエーテル樹脂(7)の合成> <Example A7: Synthesis of polyether resin (7)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 参考例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(B)37.4g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、ジエチルメチルホスホネート22.4gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、180℃になるまで加温し、5時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(7)を25g得た。 37.4 g of the polyether resin (B) obtained in Reference Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, and 22.4 g of diethylmethylphosphonate were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and heated to 180°C for 5 hours. Stirred. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 25 g of polyether resin (7).
<実施例A8:ポリエーテル樹脂(8)の合成> <Example A8: Synthesis of polyether resin (8)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 参考例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(B)37.4g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、トリエチルホスホノアセテート16.6gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、180℃になるまで加温し、5時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(8)を32g得た。ポリエーテル樹脂(8)の分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、重量平均分子量(Mw)は90,000であった。 37.4 g of the polyether resin (B) obtained in Reference Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, and 16.6 g of triethylphosphonoacetate were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and heated to 180° C. Stirred for hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 32 g of polyether resin (8). When the molecular weight of the polyether resin (8) was measured by gel permeation chromatography (converted to standard polystyrene), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 90,000.
IR(cm-1):2925, 2849, 2353, 2028, 1652, 1592, 1496, 1471, 1415, 1305, 1277, 1238, 1159, 1065, 1013, 927, 873, 837, 766, 724, 597, 553 IR (cm -1 ): 2925, 2849, 2353, 2028, 1652, 1592, 1496, 1471, 1415, 1305, 1277, 1238, 1159, 1065, 1013, 927, 873, 837, 766, 724, 597, 553
<実施例A9:ポリエーテル樹脂(9)の合成> <Example A9: Synthesis of polyether resin (9)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 参考例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(B)37.4g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、メルドラム酸14.4gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、60℃になるまで加温し、8時間攪拌した。t-ブチルアルコール7.4gを加えて130℃で2時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(9)を35g得た。 37.4 g of the polyether resin (B) obtained in Reference Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, and 14.4 g of Meldrum's acid were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, heated to 60° C., and stirred for 8 hours. did. 7.4 g of t-butyl alcohol was added and stirred at 130° C. for 2 hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 35 g of polyether resin (9).
<実施例A10:ポリエーテル樹脂(10)の合成> <Example A10: Synthesis of polyether resin (10)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 参考例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(B)37.4g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、メルドラム酸14.4gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、60℃になるまで加温し、8時間攪拌した。ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート11.6gを加えて130℃で2時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(10)を37g得た。ポリエーテル樹脂(10)の分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、重量平均分子量(Mw)は80,000であった。 37.4 g of the polyether resin (B) obtained in Reference Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, and 14.4 g of Meldrum's acid were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, heated to 60° C., and stirred for 8 hours. did. 11.6 g of hydroxyethyl acrylate was added and stirred at 130° C. for 2 hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 37 g of polyether resin (10). When the molecular weight of the polyether resin (10) was measured by gel permeation chromatography (converted to standard polystyrene), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 80,000.
IR(cm-1):2929, 2848, 1723, 1650, 1591, 1496, 1471, 1415, 1367, 1305, 1277, 1238, 1159, 1062, 1034, 1013, 927, 873, 836, 766, 684, 597, 553, 503, 429 IR (cm -1 ): 2929, 2848, 1723, 1650, 1591, 1496, 1471, 1415, 1367, 1305, 1277, 1238, 1159, 1062, 1034, 1013, 927, 873, 836, 766 , 684, 597 , 553, 503, 429
<実施例A11:ポリエーテル樹脂(11)の合成> <Example A11: Synthesis of polyether resin (11)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 参考例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(B)37.4g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、ピペラジン0.43g、マロン酸ジメチル13.2gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、140℃になるまで加温し、5時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(11)を38g得た。 37.4 g of the polyether resin (B) obtained in Reference Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, 0.43 g of piperazine, and 13.2 g of dimethyl malonate were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and heated to 140°C. Warmed and stirred for 5 hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 38 g of polyether resin (11).
<実施例A12:ポリエーテル樹脂(12)の合成> <Example A12: Synthesis of polyether resin (12)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
 参考例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(B)37.4g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、ピペラジン0.43g、マロン酸ジエチル15.6gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、140℃になるまで加温し、5時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(12)を38g得た。 37.4 g of the polyether resin (B) obtained in Reference Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, 0.43 g of piperazine, and 15.6 g of diethyl malonate were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and heated to 140°C. Warmed and stirred for 5 hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 38 g of polyether resin (12).
<実施例A13:ポリエーテル樹脂(13)の合成> <Example A13: Synthesis of polyether resin (13)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
 参考例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(B)37.4g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、ピペラジン0.43g、ジt-ブチルマロネート20.5gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、140℃になるまで加温し、5時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(13)を38g得た。 37.4 g of the polyether resin (B) obtained in Reference Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, 0.43 g of piperazine, and 20.5 g of di-t-butylmalonate were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and heated to 140°C. The mixture was warmed until it reached a temperature of 0.5% and stirred for 5 hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 38 g of polyether resin (13).
<実施例A14:ポリエーテル樹脂(14)の合成> <Example A14: Synthesis of polyether resin (14)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
 参考例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(B)37.4g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、ピペラジン0.43g、アセチルアセトン10.0gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、140℃になるまで加温し、5時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(14)を38g得た。 37.4 g of the polyether resin (B) obtained in Reference Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, 0.43 g of piperazine, and 10.0 g of acetylacetone were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and heated to 140°C. , and stirred for 5 hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 38 g of polyether resin (14).
<実施例A15:ポリエーテル樹脂(15)の合成> <Example A15: Synthesis of polyether resin (15)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
 参考例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(B)37.4g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、ピペラジン0.43g、ジメドン13.8gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、140℃になるまで加温し、5時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(15)を39g得た。 37.4 g of the polyether resin (B) obtained in Reference Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, 0.43 g of piperazine, and 13.8 g of dimedone were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and heated to 140°C. , and stirred for 5 hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 39 g of polyether resin (15).
<実施例A16:ポリエーテル樹脂(16)の合成> <Example A16: Synthesis of polyether resin (16)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
 参考例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(B)37.4g、ピペラジン0.43g、メルドラム酸14.4gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、60℃になるまで加温し、10時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lのアセトンに滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて40℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(16)を39g得た。 37.4 g of the polyether resin (B) obtained in Reference Example A1, 0.43 g of piperazine, and 14.4 g of Meldrum's acid were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone, heated to 60° C., and stirred for 10 hours. . Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of acetone to precipitate a polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 40° C. to obtain 39 g of polyether resin (16).
<実施例A17:ポリエーテル樹脂(17)の合成> <Example A17: Synthesis of polyether resin (17)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 参考例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(B)37.4g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、ピペラジン0.43g、エチルアセトアセテート12.8gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、140℃になるまで加温し、5時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lのアセトンに滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて40℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(17)を35g得た。 37.4 g of the polyether resin (B) obtained in Reference Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, 0.43 g of piperazine, and 12.8 g of ethyl acetoacetate were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and heated to 140°C. Warmed and stirred for 5 hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of acetone to precipitate a polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 40° C. to obtain 35 g of polyether resin (17).
<実施例A18:ポリエーテル樹脂(18)の合成> <Example A18: Synthesis of polyether resin (18)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
 参考例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(B)37.4g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、ピペラジン0.43g、t-ブチルアセトアセテート15.6gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、140℃になるまで加温し、5時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lのアセトンに滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて40℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(18)を37g得た。 37.4 g of the polyether resin (B) obtained in Reference Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, 0.43 g of piperazine, and 15.6 g of t-butyl acetoacetate are dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and heated to 140°C. and stirred for 5 hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of acetone to precipitate a polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 40° C. to obtain 37 g of polyether resin (18).
<実施例A19:ポリエーテル樹脂(19)の合成> <Example A19: Synthesis of polyether resin (19)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
 参考例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(B)37.4g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、ピペラジン0.43g、エチレングリコールモノアセトアセテートモノメタクリレート21.4gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、140℃になるまで加温し、5時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lのアセトンに滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて40℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(19)を42g得た。ポリエーテル樹脂(19)の分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、重量平均分子量(Mw)は100,000であった。 37.4 g of the polyether resin (B) obtained in Reference Example A1, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, 0.43 g of piperazine, and 21.4 g of ethylene glycol monoacetoacetate monomethacrylate were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and heated to 140°C. and stirred for 5 hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of acetone to precipitate a polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 40° C. to obtain 42 g of polyether resin (19). When the molecular weight of polyether resin (19) was measured by gel permeation chromatography (converted to standard polystyrene), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 100,000.
IR(cm-1):3303, 2948, 1650, 1593, 1497, 1462, 1415, 1385, 1365, 1307, 1279, 1241, 1160, 1113, 1058, 1014, 966, 929, 874, 842, 768, 698, 607, 587, 563, 530  IR (cm -1 ): 3303, 2948, 1650, 1593, 1497, 1462, 1415, 1385, 1365, 1307, 1279, 1241, 1160, 1113, 1058, 1014, 966, 929, 874, 842 , 768, 698 , 607, 587, 563, 530
 実施例A6~A19及び参考例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂に対して行った試験例A1及びA2の測定結果及び評価結果を下記表2及び3に示す。 Tables 2 and 3 below show the measurement results and evaluation results of Test Examples A1 and A2 performed on the polyether resins obtained in Examples A6 to A19 and Reference Example A1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000073
<参考例A2:ポリエーテル樹脂(C)の合成> <Reference Example A2: Synthesis of polyether resin (C)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
 4,4’-ジフルオロベンゾフェノン21.8g、BisP-CDE(ビスフェノール体、本州化学社製)35.5g、炭酸カリウム15.1gを、500mL容量のセパラブルフラスコに入れ、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン150mLを入れ、窒素下、室温下で30分撹拌した。185℃になるまで加温し、3時間重合した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lの超純水に滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて80℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(C)を52g得た。ポリエーテル樹脂(C)の分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、重量平均分子量(Mw)は180,000であった。 21.8 g of 4,4′-difluorobenzophenone, 35.5 g of BisP-CDE (bisphenol compound, manufactured by Honshu Kagaku Co., Ltd.), and 15.1 g of potassium carbonate were placed in a 500 mL separable flask, and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone was added. 150 mL was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes under nitrogen. It was heated to 185° C. and polymerized for 3 hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of ultrapure water to precipitate the polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 80° C. to obtain 52 g of polyether resin (C). When the molecular weight of the polyether resin (C) was measured by gel permeation chromatography (converted to standard polystyrene), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 180,000.
IR(cm-1):2932, 2861, 1651, 1592, 1497, 1472, 1444, 1415, 1346, 1305, 1278, 1239, 1160, 1114, 1067, 1036, 1013, 964, 928, 873, 849, 766, 725, 684, 598, 563 IR (cm -1 ): 2932, 2861, 1651, 1592, 1497, 1472, 1444, 1415, 1346, 1305, 1278, 1239, 1160, 1114, 1067, 1036, 1013, 964, 928, 87 3, 849, 766 , 725, 684, 598, 563
<実施例A20:ポリエーテル樹脂(20)の合成> <Example A20: Synthesis of polyether resin (20)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
 参考例A2で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(C)56.0g、炭酸カリウム15.1g、ピペラジン0.43g、エチレングリコールモノアセトアセテートモノメタクリレート21.4gを、N-メチルピロリドン150mLに溶かし、140℃になるまで加温し、5時間攪拌した。次に、得られた反応液を2Lのアセトンに滴下して、ポリマーを析出させることで精製した。精製したポリマーを濾別した後、真空乾燥にて40℃加熱下乾燥させポリエーテル樹脂(20)を58g得た。ポリエーテル樹脂(20)の分子量をゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(標準ポリスチレン換算)で測定したところ、重量平均分子量(Mw)は50,000であった。 56.0 g of the polyether resin (C) obtained in Reference Example A2, 15.1 g of potassium carbonate, 0.43 g of piperazine, and 21.4 g of ethylene glycol monoacetoacetate monomethacrylate were dissolved in 150 mL of N-methylpyrrolidone and heated to 140°C. and stirred for 5 hours. Next, the resulting reaction solution was added dropwise to 2 L of acetone to precipitate a polymer for purification. After the purified polymer was separated by filtration, it was vacuum-dried under heating at 40° C. to obtain 58 g of polyether resin (20). When the molecular weight of the polyether resin (20) was measured by gel permeation chromatography (converted to standard polystyrene), the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 50,000.
IR(cm-1):2933, 2862, 1726, 1651, 1592, 1496, 1472, 1445, 1415, 1367, 1307, 1278, 1238, 1159, 1143, 1067, 1014, 953, 928, 873, 837, 766, 726, 683, 597, 553, 526, 500, 429, 420, 410 IR (cm -1 ): 2933, 2862, 1726, 1651, 1592, 1496, 1472, 1445, 1415, 1367, 1307, 1278, 1238, 1159, 1143, 1067, 1014, 953, 928, 87 3, 837, 766 , 726, 683, 597, 553, 526, 500, 429, 420, 410
 実施例A20及び参考例A2で得られたポリエーテル樹脂に対して行った試験例A1及びA2の測定結果及び評価結果を下記表4に示す。 Table 4 below shows the measurement results and evaluation results of Test Examples A1 and A2 performed on the polyether resins obtained in Example A20 and Reference Example A2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000076
<実施例B1>
 実施例A4で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(4)100質量部、光硬化性架橋剤(トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート)16質量部、オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤(BASF社製「Irgacure-OXE02」、[1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)カルバゾール-3-イル]エチリデンアミノ]アセテート)2質量部、光増感剤(1-フェニル-5-メルカプト-1H-テトラゾール、下記式(5’)で表される光増感剤)4質量部を、N-メチルピロリドン900質量部に溶解して、樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example B1>
100 parts by mass of the polyether resin (4) obtained in Example A4, 16 parts by mass of a photocurable cross-linking agent (trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate), an oxime ester photopolymerization initiator (manufactured by BASF "Irgacure- OXE02", [1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzoyl)carbazol-3-yl]ethylideneamino]acetate) 2 parts by mass, photosensitizer (1-phenyl-5-mercapto-1H-tetrazole , a photosensitizer represented by the following formula (5′)) was dissolved in 900 parts by mass of N-methylpyrrolidone to prepare a resin composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
<実施例B2>
 実施例A4で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(4)の代わりに同量の実施例A8で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(8)を用いた以外は、実施例B1と同様にして、樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example B2>
A resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1, except that the same amount of the polyether resin (8) obtained in Example A8 was used instead of the polyether resin (4) obtained in Example A4. prepared.
<実施例B3>
 実施例A4で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(4)の代わりに同量の実施例A10で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(10)を用いた以外は、実施例B1と同様にして、樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example B3>
A resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that the same amount of the polyether resin (10) obtained in Example A10 was used instead of the polyether resin (4) obtained in Example A4. prepared.
<実施例B4>
 実施例A4で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(4)の代わりに同量の実施例A16で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(16)を用いた以外は、実施例B1と同様にして、樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example B4>
A resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that the same amount of the polyether resin (16) obtained in Example A16 was used instead of the polyether resin (4) obtained in Example A4. prepared.
<実施例B5>
 実施例A4で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(4)の代わりに同量の実施例A17で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(17)を用いた以外は、実施例B1と同様にして、樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Example B5>
A resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that the same amount of the polyether resin (17) obtained in Example A17 was used instead of the polyether resin (4) obtained in Example A4. prepared.
<比較例B1>
 実施例A4で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(4)の代わりに同量の比較例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(A)を用いた以外は、実施例B1と同様にして、樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Comparative Example B1>
A resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1 except that the same amount of the polyether resin (A) obtained in Comparative Example A1 was used instead of the polyether resin (4) obtained in Example A4. prepared.
<参考例B1>
 実施例A4で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(4)の代わりに同量の参考例A1で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(B)を用いた以外は、実施例B1と同様にして、樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Reference example B1>
A resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1, except that the same amount of the polyether resin (B) obtained in Reference Example A1 was used instead of the polyether resin (4) obtained in Example A4. prepared.
<参考例B2>
 実施例A4で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(4)の代わりに同量の参考例A2で得られたポリエーテル樹脂(C)を用いた以外は、実施例B1と同様にして、樹脂組成物を調製した。
<Reference example B2>
A resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example B1, except that the same amount of the polyether resin (C) obtained in Reference Example A2 was used instead of the polyether resin (4) obtained in Example A4. prepared.
<試験例B1:限界解像性(解像性)の評価>
 実施例B1~B5、比較例B1、並びに参考例B1及びB2で得られた樹脂組成物を、シリコンウエハー上に10μm膜厚で銅めっきを積層し、1%塩酸水溶液で10秒間疎化処理した基板上に、スピンコーターを用いて膜厚が10μmになるに適した回転数で塗布後、ホットプレート上で120℃で5分間加熱し、樹脂組成物層を作製した。これを積層体という。
<Test Example B1: Evaluation of Limited Resolution (Resolution)>
The resin compositions obtained in Examples B1 to B5, Comparative Example B1, and Reference Examples B1 and B2 were plated with copper to a thickness of 10 μm on a silicon wafer, and subjected to coarsening treatment with a 1% hydrochloric acid aqueous solution for 10 seconds. A spin coater was used to coat the substrate at a rotation speed suitable for a film thickness of 10 μm, followed by heating on a hot plate at 120° C. for 5 minutes to prepare a resin composition layer. This is called a laminate.
 作製した積層体を、紫外線(波長365nm、強度40mW/cm)で露光を行った。露光量は50mJ/cmから1000mJ/cmの範囲の最適値を設定した。露光パターンは開口10μm、12μm、15μm、18μm、20μm、25μm、30μmの丸穴(ビア)を描画させる石英ガラスマスクを使用した。 The produced laminate was exposed to ultraviolet light (wavelength: 365 nm, intensity: 40 mW/cm 2 ). The optimum exposure amount was set in the range of 50 mJ/cm 2 to 1000 mJ/cm 2 . As an exposure pattern, a quartz glass mask was used for drawing round holes (vias) with openings of 10 μm, 12 μm, 15 μm, 18 μm, 20 μm, 25 μm and 30 μm.
 次に、該積層板上の樹脂組成物層の全面に、現像液としてシクロペンタノンをスプレー圧0.2MPaにて30秒から300秒の間の最適時間でスプレー現像を行い、続いて、酢酸2-メトキシ-1-メチルエチル(PGMEA)をスプレー圧0.2MPaにて30秒間スプレーリンスを行った。さらに180℃、120分間の加熱処理を行って樹脂組成物層を硬化させた。 Next, the entire surface of the resin composition layer on the laminate is sprayed with cyclopentanone as a developer at a spray pressure of 0.2 MPa for an optimum time of 30 seconds to 300 seconds, followed by acetic acid. Spray rinsing was performed with 2-methoxy-1-methylethyl (PGMEA) at a spray pressure of 0.2 MPa for 30 seconds. Further, heat treatment was performed at 180° C. for 120 minutes to cure the resin composition layer.
 硬化させた樹脂組成物層の露光パターンの開口10μm、12μm、15μm、18μm、20μm、25μm、30μmのビアの底部の径をSEMで観察(倍率1000倍)して測定した。開口可能な最小サイズを限界解像性とした。 The diameters of the bottoms of vias with openings of 10 μm, 12 μm, 15 μm, 18 μm, 20 μm, 25 μm, and 30 μm in the exposure pattern of the cured resin composition layer were observed by SEM (1000x magnification) and measured. The minimum size that can be opened was taken as the resolution limit.
<試験例B2:比誘電率(Dk)及び誘電正接(Df)の測定>
 実施例B1~B5、比較例B1、並びに参考例B1及びB2で得られた樹脂組成物を、アルキド系離型処理付きポリエチレンテレフタレートフィルム(PETフィルム、リンテック社製「AL-5」、厚さ38μm)の離型面上に、乾燥後の樹脂組成物層の厚みが20μmとなるようにダイコーターにて均一に塗布した。このPETフィルム上の樹脂組成物を、80~110℃(平均95℃)で5分間乾燥し、180℃で2時間加熱し、PETフィルムを剥離することにより硬化フィルムを作製した。
<Test Example B2: Measurement of dielectric constant (Dk) and dielectric loss tangent (Df)>
The resin compositions obtained in Examples B1 to B5, Comparative Example B1, and Reference Examples B1 and B2 were coated on a polyethylene terephthalate film with alkyd release treatment (PET film, "AL-5" manufactured by Lintec Co., Ltd., thickness 38 μm ) was evenly coated with a die coater so that the thickness of the resin composition layer after drying was 20 μm. The resin composition on this PET film was dried at 80 to 110° C. (average 95° C.) for 5 minutes, heated at 180° C. for 2 hours, and peeled off from the PET film to prepare a cured film.
 硬化フィルムから、幅2mm、長さ80mmの試験片を切り取った。切り出した試験片について、アジレントテクノロジーズ(Agilent Technologies)社製の測定装置「HP8362B」を用いて、空洞共振摂動法により、測定周波数5.8GHz、測定温度23℃にて比誘電率(Dk)及び誘電正接(Df)を測定した。 A test piece with a width of 2 mm and a length of 80 mm was cut from the cured film. For the cut test piece, using the measuring device "HP8362B" manufactured by Agilent Technologies, the dielectric constant (Dk) and the dielectric constant (Dk) were determined by the cavity resonance perturbation method at a measurement frequency of 5.8 GHz and a measurement temperature of 23 ° C. Tangent (Df) was measured.
 実施例B1~B5、比較例B1、並びに参考例B1及びB2で調製した樹脂組成物の各成分の含有量、並びに試験例B1及びB2の測定結果を下記表5に示す。 Table 5 below shows the content of each component of the resin compositions prepared in Examples B1 to B5, Comparative Example B1, and Reference Examples B1 and B2, and the measurement results of Test Examples B1 and B2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000078
 本願は、日本国特許庁に出願された特願2022-028105(出願日2022年2月25日)を基礎としており、その内容はすべて本明細書に包含されるものとする。 This application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-028105 (filed on February 25, 2022) filed with the Japan Patent Office, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein.

Claims (13)

  1.  式(1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    [式中、
     R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、-CN、-NO、-COH、-R、-OR、-COR、-COOR、-CONHR、-CONR、-SR、-SOR、又は-SORを示し、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよく;
     Rは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を示し;
     R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を示し;
     環X及び環Xは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族炭素環を示し;
     Yは、単結合、又は有機基を示し;
     aは、0、又は1を示し;
     p及びqは、それぞれ独立して、0、1、2、3、又は4を示す。]
    で表される繰り返し単位を有するポリエーテル樹脂。
    Formula (1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    [In the formula,
    R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, —CN, —NO 2 , —COH, —R, —OR, —COR, —COOR, —CONHR, —CONR 2 , —SR, —SOR, or —SO 2 R, wherein R 1 and R 2 may combine together to form a non-aromatic ring which may have a substituent;
    R each independently represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group;
    R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a substituent;
    Ring X 1 and Ring X 2 each independently represent an aromatic carbocyclic ring which may have a substituent;
    Y represents a single bond or an organic group;
    a represents 0 or 1;
    p and q each independently represent 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; ]
    Polyether resin having a repeating unit represented by.
  2.  式(3):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    [式中、
     R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、-R、-COR、又は-COORを示し、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよく;
     Rは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいアルケニル基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を示し;
     R、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を示し;
     R及びRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基、又は置換基を有していてもよいアリール基を示し、R及びRは一緒になって結合し、置換基を有していてもよい非芳香環を形成していてもよく;
     a及びbは、それぞれ独立して、0、又は1を示し;
     p、q、r及びsは、それぞれ独立して、0、1、2、3、又は4を示す。]
    で表される繰り返し単位を有する、請求項1に記載のポリエーテル樹脂。
    Formula (3):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    [In the formula,
    R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, —R, —COR, or —COOR, and R 1 and R 2 are bonded together to form an optionally substituted non- may form an aromatic ring;
    R each independently represents an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group;
    R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 each independently represent a substituent;
    RA and RB each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group, and RA and RB together may be combined to form a non-aromatic ring optionally having a substituent;
    a and b each independently represent 0 or 1;
    p, q, r and s each independently represent 0, 1, 2, 3 or 4; ]
    2. The polyether resin according to claim 1, which has a repeating unit represented by
  3.  aが0である場合、
     sが1以上であり、且つRのうち少なくとも1個が炭素数4以上のアルキル基であり;
     aが1であり且つbが0である場合、
     r及びsの合計が1以上であり、且つR及びRのうち少なくとも1個が炭素数4以上のアルキル基であり;
     aが1であり且つbが1である場合、
     (1)r及びsの合計が1以上であり、且つR及びRのうち少なくとも1個が炭素数4以上のアルキル基であり、且つ/或いは
     (2-1)R及びRが水素原子、若しくはアルキル基を示し、且つ少なくとも一方が炭素数4以上のアルキル基であるか、又は(2-2)R及びRが一緒になって結合し、アルキル基で置換されていてもよい5員以上の単環系の非芳香族飽和炭素環、若しくはアルキル基で置換されていてもよい6員以上の二環系以上の非芳香族飽和炭素環を形成する、請求項2に記載のポリエーテル樹脂。
    If a is 0,
    s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms;
    If a is 1 and b is 0,
    the sum of r and s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms;
    If a is 1 and b is 1,
    (1) the sum of r and s is 1 or more, and at least one of R 5 and R 6 is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, and/or (2-1) R A and R B are represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, and at least one of which is an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms, or (2-2) R A and R B are bonded together and substituted with an alkyl group Forms a 5-membered or more monocyclic non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring that may be optionally substituted with an alkyl group, or a 6-membered or more bicyclic or more non-aromatic saturated carbocyclic ring that may be substituted with an alkyl group, according to claim 2 The polyether resin described.
  4.  重量平均分子量が、5,000以上である、請求項1に記載のポリエーテル樹脂。 The polyether resin according to claim 1, which has a weight average molecular weight of 5,000 or more.
  5.  誘電正接(Df)が、5.8GHz、23℃で測定した場合、0.012以下である、請求項1に記載のポリエーテル樹脂。 The polyether resin according to claim 1, wherein the dielectric loss tangent (Df) is 0.012 or less when measured at 5.8 GHz and 23°C.
  6.  請求項1に記載のポリエーテル樹脂を含む絶縁材料。 An insulating material containing the polyether resin according to claim 1.
  7.  請求項1に記載のポリエーテル樹脂、及び硬化性架橋剤を含む樹脂組成物。 A resin composition comprising the polyether resin according to claim 1 and a curable cross-linking agent.
  8.  請求項1に記載のポリエーテル樹脂、光硬化性架橋剤、及び光重合開始剤を含む樹脂組成物。 A resin composition comprising the polyether resin according to claim 1, a photocurable cross-linking agent, and a photopolymerization initiator.
  9.  さらに光増感剤を含む、請求項8に記載の樹脂組成物。 The resin composition according to claim 8, further comprising a photosensitizer.
  10.  支持体と、当該支持体上に設けられた請求項7~9の何れか1項に記載の樹脂組成物で形成された樹脂組成物層と、を有する樹脂シート。 A resin sheet comprising a support and a resin composition layer formed of the resin composition according to any one of claims 7 to 9 provided on the support.
  11.  請求項7~9の何れか1項に記載の樹脂組成物の硬化物により形成された絶縁層を含む半導体パッケージ基板。 A semiconductor package substrate comprising an insulating layer formed from a cured product of the resin composition according to any one of claims 7 to 9.
  12.  請求項11に記載の半導体パッケージ基板を含む、半導体装置。 A semiconductor device, comprising the semiconductor package substrate according to claim 11.
  13.  下記工程(I)~(III)をこの順に含む半導体パッケージ基板の製造方法。
     (I)回路基板上に、請求項8又は9に記載の樹脂組成物で形成された樹脂組成物層を形成する工程
     (II)樹脂組成物層に活性光線を照射する工程
     (III)樹脂組成物層を現像する工程
    A method for manufacturing a semiconductor package substrate including the following steps (I) to (III) in this order.
    (I) Step of forming a resin composition layer formed of the resin composition according to claim 8 or 9 on a circuit board (II) Step of irradiating the resin composition layer with actinic rays (III) Resin composition the process of developing the layer
PCT/JP2023/006758 2022-02-25 2023-02-24 Polyether resin WO2023163111A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2024503262A JPWO2023163111A1 (en) 2022-02-25 2023-02-24

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-028105 2022-02-25
JP2022028105 2022-02-25

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023163111A1 true WO2023163111A1 (en) 2023-08-31

Family

ID=87766161

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/006758 WO2023163111A1 (en) 2022-02-25 2023-02-24 Polyether resin

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2023163111A1 (en)
TW (1) TW202342587A (en)
WO (1) WO2023163111A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003041184A (en) * 2001-07-31 2003-02-13 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Heat-resistant polyether, thermosetting polyether and coating liquid for forming polyether film
JP2020532612A (en) * 2017-09-04 2020-11-12 ソルベイ スペシャルティ ポリマーズ イタリー エス.ピー.エー. Fluorine poly (arylene ether) thermosetting resin
JP2022025705A (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-02-10 味の素株式会社 Resin composition
JP2022025704A (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-02-10 味の素株式会社 Resin composition

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003041184A (en) * 2001-07-31 2003-02-13 Sumitomo Chem Co Ltd Heat-resistant polyether, thermosetting polyether and coating liquid for forming polyether film
JP2020532612A (en) * 2017-09-04 2020-11-12 ソルベイ スペシャルティ ポリマーズ イタリー エス.ピー.エー. Fluorine poly (arylene ether) thermosetting resin
JP2022025705A (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-02-10 味の素株式会社 Resin composition
JP2022025704A (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-02-10 味の素株式会社 Resin composition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2023163111A1 (en) 2023-08-31
TW202342587A (en) 2023-11-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101392539B1 (en) Polyimide precursor and photosensitive resin composition containing the polyimide precursor
TWI535768B (en) Solvent-containing dry film and the use thereof
TW201630732A (en) Laminate structure, dry film, and flexible printed wiring board
TWI785264B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, semiconductor element, and thermal alkali generator
JP2007293001A (en) Dry film for protective film formation and fabricated article using same
TWI477894B (en) Photosensitive resin composition, dry film and fabricated article using the same
JP2023059897A (en) photosensitive film
JP2022154451A (en) Photosensitive resin composition
JP6720910B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
TWI832024B (en) Resin composition, resin sheet, multilayer printed wiring board, and semiconductor device
JP6705412B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
EP3144359B1 (en) Arylcyclobutenes
WO2023163111A1 (en) Polyether resin
JP2023092854A (en) resin composition
JP6677203B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, photosensitive film, photosensitive film with support, printed wiring board, and semiconductor device
JP2019174788A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, dry film, and method for manufacturing printed wiring board
JP2022062573A (en) Photosensitive laminated resin structure, dry film, cured product, and electronic component
WO2024070808A1 (en) Photosensitive film and photosensitive resin composition
JP2024050229A (en) Photosensitive resin composition
JP2024050294A (en) Photosensitive resin composition
JP2021004295A (en) Resin composition
CN117136335A (en) Photosensitive resin composition
WO2022210788A1 (en) Photosensitive resin composition
JP2022154159A (en) Photosensitive resin composition
TWI841812B (en) Compound and method for producing same, resin composition, resin sheet, mulyilayer printed wiring board, and semiconductor device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23760109

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1